1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen 12 * 13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized 14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts 15 * that changed. 16 * 17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently 18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). 19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. 20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] 21 * for each line. 22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. 23 * 24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form 25 * one character which occupies two display cells. 26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in 27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII 28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and 29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display 30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. 31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters 32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used. 33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the 34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). 35 * 36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating 37 * ScreenLines[]. 38 * 39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. 40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be 41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed. 42 * 43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: 44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) 45 * - w_topfill (filler line above the first line) 46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), 47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) 48 * 49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take 50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is 51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. 52 * 53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call 54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and 55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() 56 * later. 57 * 58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or 59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating 60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each 61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change 62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for 63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. 64 * 65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or 66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold 67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window 68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. 69 * 70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') 71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the 72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. 73 * 74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call 75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling 76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not 77 * change, use NOT_VALID then. 78 * 79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). 80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. 81 * 82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call 83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). 84 * 85 * Things that are handled indirectly: 86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and 87 * update_screen() called to redraw. 88 */ 89 90 #include "vim.h" 91 92 /* 93 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. 94 */ 95 static int screen_attr = 0; 96 97 /* 98 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. 99 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). 100 */ 101 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ 102 103 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 104 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ 105 #endif 106 107 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 108 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ 109 #endif 110 111 /* 112 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). 113 */ 114 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; 115 116 static void win_update __ARGS((win_T *wp)); 117 static void win_draw_end __ARGS((win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl)); 118 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 119 static void fold_line __ARGS((win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row)); 120 static void fill_foldcolumn __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum)); 121 static void copy_text_attr __ARGS((int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr)); 122 #endif 123 static int win_line __ARGS((win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange)); 124 static int char_needs_redraw __ARGS((int off_from, int off_to, int cols)); 125 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 126 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag)); 127 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl)) 128 #else 129 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width)); 130 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c)) 131 #endif 132 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 133 static void draw_vsep_win __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row)); 134 #endif 135 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 136 static void redraw_custom_statusline __ARGS((win_T *wp)); 137 #endif 138 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 139 #define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0 140 static void start_search_hl __ARGS((void)); 141 static void end_search_hl __ARGS((void)); 142 static void prepare_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum)); 143 static void next_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol)); 144 #endif 145 static void screen_start_highlight __ARGS((int attr)); 146 static void screen_char __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); 147 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 148 static void screen_char_2 __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); 149 #endif 150 static void screenclear2 __ARGS((void)); 151 static void lineclear __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); 152 static void lineinvalid __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); 153 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 154 static void linecopy __ARGS((int to, int from, win_T *wp)); 155 static void redraw_block __ARGS((int row, int end, win_T *wp)); 156 #endif 157 static int win_do_lines __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del)); 158 static void win_rest_invalid __ARGS((win_T *wp)); 159 static void msg_pos_mode __ARGS((void)); 160 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 161 static void draw_tabline __ARGS((void)); 162 #endif 163 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 164 static int fillchar_status __ARGS((int *attr, int is_curwin)); 165 #endif 166 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 167 static int fillchar_vsep __ARGS((int *attr)); 168 #endif 169 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 170 static void win_redr_custom __ARGS((win_T *wp, int draw_ruler)); 171 #endif 172 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 173 static void win_redr_ruler __ARGS((win_T *wp, int always)); 174 #endif 175 176 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) 177 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ 178 static int screen_char_attr = 0; 179 #endif 180 181 /* 182 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). 183 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. 184 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. 185 */ 186 void 187 redraw_later(type) 188 int type; 189 { 190 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); 191 } 192 193 void 194 redraw_win_later(wp, type) 195 win_T *wp; 196 int type; 197 { 198 if (wp->w_redr_type < type) 199 { 200 wp->w_redr_type = type; 201 if (type >= NOT_VALID) 202 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 203 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ 204 must_redraw = type; 205 } 206 } 207 208 /* 209 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used 210 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. 211 */ 212 void 213 redraw_later_clear() 214 { 215 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); 216 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 217 if (gui.in_use) 218 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in 219 * gui_stop_highlight(). */ 220 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1; 221 else 222 #endif 223 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */ 224 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE; 225 } 226 227 /* 228 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. 229 */ 230 void 231 redraw_all_later(type) 232 int type; 233 { 234 win_T *wp; 235 236 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 237 { 238 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 239 } 240 } 241 242 /* 243 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. 244 */ 245 void 246 redraw_curbuf_later(type) 247 int type; 248 { 249 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); 250 } 251 252 void 253 redraw_buf_later(buf, type) 254 buf_T *buf; 255 int type; 256 { 257 win_T *wp; 258 259 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 260 { 261 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 262 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 263 } 264 } 265 266 /* 267 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that 268 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. 269 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. 270 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. 271 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot 272 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. 273 */ 274 void 275 redrawWinline(lnum, invalid) 276 linenr_T lnum; 277 int invalid UNUSED; /* window line height is invalid now */ 278 { 279 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 280 int i; 281 #endif 282 283 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum) 284 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum; 285 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 286 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 287 redraw_later(VALID); 288 289 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 290 if (invalid) 291 { 292 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ 293 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum); 294 if (i >= 0) 295 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; 296 } 297 #endif 298 } 299 300 /* 301 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer 302 */ 303 void 304 update_curbuf(type) 305 int type; 306 { 307 redraw_curbuf_later(type); 308 update_screen(type); 309 } 310 311 /* 312 * update_screen() 313 * 314 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull 315 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. 316 */ 317 void 318 update_screen(type) 319 int type; 320 { 321 win_T *wp; 322 static int did_intro = FALSE; 323 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 324 int did_one; 325 #endif 326 327 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ 328 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) 329 return; 330 331 if (must_redraw) 332 { 333 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ 334 type = must_redraw; 335 336 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird 337 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous 338 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a 339 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */ 340 must_redraw = 0; 341 } 342 343 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */ 344 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID) 345 type = NOT_VALID; 346 347 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called 348 * recursively. */ 349 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen) 350 { 351 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ 352 must_redraw = type; 353 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) 354 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ 355 return; 356 } 357 358 updating_screen = TRUE; 359 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 360 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of 361 * display updating */ 362 #endif 363 364 /* 365 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down 366 */ 367 if (msg_scrolled) 368 { 369 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 370 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ 371 type = CLEAR; 372 else if (type != CLEAR) 373 { 374 check_for_delay(FALSE); 375 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) 376 type = CLEAR; 377 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 378 { 379 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) 380 { 381 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled 382 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP 383 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 384 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 385 { 386 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); 387 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; 388 } 389 else 390 { 391 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 392 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 393 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp) 394 <= msg_scrolled) 395 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 396 #endif 397 } 398 } 399 } 400 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 401 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 402 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 403 #endif 404 } 405 msg_scrolled = 0; 406 need_wait_return = FALSE; 407 } 408 409 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ 410 compute_cmdrow(); 411 412 /* Check for changed highlighting */ 413 if (need_highlight_changed) 414 highlight_changed(); 415 416 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ 417 { 418 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 419 type = NOT_VALID; 420 } 421 422 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ 423 check_for_delay(FALSE); 424 425 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 426 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */ 427 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID 428 && curwin->w_nrwidth != (curwin->w_p_nu ? number_width(curwin) : 0)) 429 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 430 #endif 431 432 /* 433 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. 434 */ 435 if (type == INVERTED) 436 update_curswant(); 437 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type 438 && !((type == VALID 439 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid 440 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 441 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill 442 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill 443 #endif 444 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 445 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 446 || (type == INVERTED 447 && VIsual_active 448 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum 449 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode 450 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) 451 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) 452 #endif 453 )) 454 curwin->w_redr_type = type; 455 456 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 457 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 458 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID) 459 draw_tabline(); 460 #endif 461 462 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 463 /* 464 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed 465 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. 466 */ 467 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 468 { 469 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) 470 { 471 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 472 win_T *wwp; 473 474 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ 475 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) 476 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) 477 break; 478 # endif 479 if ( 480 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 481 wwp == wp && 482 # endif 483 syntax_present(wp->w_buffer)) 484 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); 485 } 486 } 487 #endif 488 489 /* 490 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need 491 * it. 492 */ 493 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 494 did_one = FALSE; 495 #endif 496 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 497 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 498 #endif 499 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 500 { 501 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 502 { 503 cursor_off(); 504 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 505 if (!did_one) 506 { 507 did_one = TRUE; 508 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 509 start_search_hl(); 510 # endif 511 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 512 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 513 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel()) 514 clip_update_selection(); 515 # endif 516 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 517 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because 518 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under 519 * it. */ 520 if (gui.in_use) 521 gui_undraw_cursor(); 522 #endif 523 } 524 #endif 525 win_update(wp); 526 } 527 528 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 529 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ 530 if (wp->w_redr_status) 531 { 532 cursor_off(); 533 win_redr_status(wp); 534 } 535 #endif 536 } 537 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 538 end_search_hl(); 539 #endif 540 541 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 542 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster 543 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ 544 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) 545 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; 546 #else 547 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 548 #endif 549 550 updating_screen = FALSE; 551 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 552 gui_may_resize_shell(); 553 #endif 554 555 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may 556 * mess up the command line. */ 557 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) 558 showmode(); 559 560 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ 561 if (!did_intro && bufempty() 562 && curbuf->b_fname == NULL 563 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 564 && firstwin->w_next == NULL 565 #endif 566 && vim_strchr(p_shm, SHM_INTRO) == NULL) 567 intro_message(FALSE); 568 did_intro = TRUE; 569 570 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 571 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 572 * done. */ 573 if (gui.in_use) 574 { 575 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 576 if (did_one) 577 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 578 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 579 } 580 #endif 581 } 582 583 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) 584 static void update_prepare __ARGS((void)); 585 static void update_finish __ARGS((void)); 586 587 /* 588 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. 589 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness. 590 */ 591 static void 592 update_prepare() 593 { 594 cursor_off(); 595 updating_screen = TRUE; 596 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 597 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may 598 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ 599 if (gui.in_use) 600 gui_undraw_cursor(); 601 #endif 602 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 603 start_search_hl(); 604 #endif 605 } 606 607 /* 608 * Finish updating one or more windows. 609 */ 610 static void 611 update_finish() 612 { 613 if (redraw_cmdline) 614 showmode(); 615 616 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 617 end_search_hl(); 618 # endif 619 620 updating_screen = FALSE; 621 622 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 623 gui_may_resize_shell(); 624 625 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 626 * done. */ 627 if (gui.in_use) 628 { 629 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 630 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 631 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 632 } 633 # endif 634 } 635 #endif 636 637 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) 638 void 639 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum) 640 buf_T *buf; 641 linenr_T lnum; 642 { 643 win_T *wp; 644 int doit = FALSE; 645 646 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 647 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 648 # endif 649 650 /* update/delete a specific mark */ 651 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 652 { 653 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) 654 { 655 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline 656 && lnum < wp->w_botline) 657 { 658 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) 659 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; 660 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 661 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 662 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 663 } 664 } 665 else 666 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 667 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 668 doit = TRUE; 669 } 670 671 /* Return when there is nothing to do or screen updating already 672 * happening. */ 673 if (!doit || updating_screen) 674 return; 675 676 /* update all windows that need updating */ 677 update_prepare(); 678 679 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 680 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 681 { 682 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 683 win_update(wp); 684 if (wp->w_redr_status) 685 win_redr_status(wp); 686 } 687 # else 688 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0) 689 win_update(curwin); 690 # endif 691 692 update_finish(); 693 } 694 #endif 695 696 697 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 698 /* 699 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. 700 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. 701 */ 702 void 703 updateWindow(wp) 704 win_T *wp; 705 { 706 /* return if already busy updating */ 707 if (updating_screen) 708 return; 709 710 update_prepare(); 711 712 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 713 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 714 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel()) 715 clip_update_selection(); 716 #endif 717 718 win_update(wp); 719 720 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 721 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */ 722 if (redraw_tabline) 723 draw_tabline(); 724 725 if (wp->w_redr_status 726 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 727 || p_ru 728 # endif 729 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 730 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL 731 # endif 732 ) 733 win_redr_status(wp); 734 #endif 735 736 update_finish(); 737 } 738 #endif 739 740 /* 741 * Update a single window. 742 * 743 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the 744 * screen or scrolling lines). 745 * 746 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also 747 * implies the one below it. 748 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window 749 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible 750 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID 751 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area 752 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area 753 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline 754 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down 755 * 3. redraw changed text: 756 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between 757 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. 758 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between 759 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. 760 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. 761 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. 762 * This results in three areas that may need updating: 763 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) 764 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) 765 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) 766 */ 767 static void 768 win_update(wp) 769 win_T *wp; 770 { 771 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; 772 int type; 773 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs 774 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ 775 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs 776 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ 777 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs 778 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ 779 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs 780 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ 781 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 782 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when 783 w_topline got smaller a bit */ 784 #endif 785 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 786 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 787 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ 788 #endif 789 790 int row; /* current window row to display */ 791 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ 792 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ 793 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ 794 795 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ 796 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ 797 int i; 798 long j; 799 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ 800 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; 801 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 802 long fold_count; 803 #endif 804 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 805 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if 806 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ 807 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ 808 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ 809 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ 810 int did_update = DID_NONE; 811 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ 812 #endif 813 linenr_T mod_top = 0; 814 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; 815 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 816 int save_got_int; 817 #endif 818 819 type = wp->w_redr_type; 820 821 if (type == NOT_VALID) 822 { 823 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 824 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 825 #endif 826 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 827 } 828 829 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ 830 if (wp->w_height == 0) 831 { 832 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 833 return; 834 } 835 836 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 837 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ 838 if (wp->w_width == 0) 839 { 840 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 841 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); 842 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 843 return; 844 } 845 #endif 846 847 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 848 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous 849 * match */ 850 cur = wp->w_match_head; 851 while (cur != NULL) 852 { 853 cur->hl.rm = cur->match; 854 if (cur->hlg_id == 0) 855 cur->hl.attr = 0; 856 else 857 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id); 858 cur->hl.buf = buf; 859 cur->hl.lnum = 0; 860 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0; 861 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 862 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 863 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm)); 864 # endif 865 cur = cur->next; 866 } 867 search_hl.buf = buf; 868 search_hl.lnum = 0; 869 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; 870 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */ 871 #endif 872 873 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 874 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */ 875 i = wp->w_p_nu ? number_width(wp) : 0; 876 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i) 877 { 878 type = NOT_VALID; 879 wp->w_nrwidth = i; 880 } 881 else 882 #endif 883 884 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) 885 { 886 /* 887 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be 888 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw 889 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). 890 */ 891 type = NOT_VALID; 892 } 893 else 894 { 895 /* 896 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of 897 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. 898 */ 899 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; 900 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) 901 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; 902 else 903 mod_bot = 0; 904 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ 905 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; 906 if (buf->b_mod_set) 907 { 908 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) 909 { 910 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; 911 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 912 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included 913 * in a pattern match. */ 914 if (syntax_present(buf)) 915 { 916 mod_top -= buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks; 917 if (mod_top < 1) 918 mod_top = 1; 919 } 920 #endif 921 } 922 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) 923 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; 924 925 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 926 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a 927 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a 928 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible 929 * lines above the change. 930 * Same for a match pattern. 931 */ 932 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL 933 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) 934 top_to_mod = TRUE; 935 else 936 { 937 cur = wp->w_match_head; 938 while (cur != NULL) 939 { 940 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL 941 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog)) 942 { 943 top_to_mod = TRUE; 944 break; 945 } 946 cur = cur->next; 947 } 948 } 949 #endif 950 } 951 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 952 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) 953 { 954 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; 955 956 /* 957 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or 958 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. 959 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first 960 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first 961 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. 962 */ 963 964 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to 965 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. 966 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb 967 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ 968 lnumt = wp->w_topline; 969 lnumb = MAXLNUM; 970 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 971 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 972 { 973 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) 974 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; 975 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) 976 { 977 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; 978 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating 979 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ 980 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) 981 ++lnumb; 982 } 983 } 984 985 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); 986 if (mod_top > lnumt) 987 mod_top = lnumt; 988 989 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ 990 --mod_bot; 991 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); 992 ++mod_bot; 993 if (mod_bot < lnumb) 994 mod_bot = lnumb; 995 } 996 #endif 997 998 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below 999 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. 1000 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was 1001 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ 1002 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) 1003 { 1004 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) 1005 mod_top = wp->w_topline; 1006 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1007 else if (syntax_present(buf)) 1008 top_end = 1; 1009 #endif 1010 } 1011 1012 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below 1013 * inserted/deleted lines. */ 1014 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) 1015 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1016 } 1017 1018 /* 1019 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when 1020 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. 1021 */ 1022 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) 1023 { 1024 j = 0; 1025 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1026 { 1027 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1028 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) 1029 { 1030 top_end = j; 1031 break; 1032 } 1033 } 1034 if (top_end == 0) 1035 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ 1036 type = NOT_VALID; 1037 else 1038 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ 1039 type = VALID; 1040 } 1041 1042 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will 1043 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still 1044 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not 1045 * called. */ 1046 if (screen_cleared) 1047 screen_cleared = MAYBE; 1048 1049 /* 1050 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, 1051 * handle three cases: 1052 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down 1053 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up 1054 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in 1055 * w_lines[] that needs updating. 1056 */ 1057 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID 1058 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) 1059 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1060 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill 1061 #endif 1062 ) 1063 { 1064 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) 1065 { 1066 /* 1067 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done 1068 * further down. 1069 */ 1070 } 1071 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid 1072 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1073 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1074 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1075 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) 1076 #endif 1077 )) 1078 { 1079 /* 1080 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. 1081 */ 1082 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1083 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1084 { 1085 linenr_T ln; 1086 1087 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence 1088 * of folded lines as one */ 1089 j = 0; 1090 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) 1091 { 1092 ++j; 1093 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) 1094 break; 1095 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); 1096 } 1097 } 1098 else 1099 #endif 1100 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; 1101 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ 1102 { 1103 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); 1104 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1105 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ 1106 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) 1107 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 1108 - wp->w_old_topfill; 1109 #endif 1110 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ 1111 { 1112 /* 1113 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. 1114 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. 1115 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. 1116 */ 1117 if (i > 0) 1118 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1119 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1120 { 1121 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1122 { 1123 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the 1124 * first one that scrolled down. */ 1125 top_end = i; 1126 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 1127 scrolled_down = TRUE; 1128 #endif 1129 1130 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable 1131 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ 1132 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) 1133 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 1134 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) 1135 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; 1136 while (idx >= 0) 1137 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; 1138 } 1139 } 1140 else 1141 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1142 } 1143 else 1144 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1145 } 1146 else 1147 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1148 } 1149 else 1150 { 1151 /* 1152 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. 1153 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that 1154 * needs updating. 1155 */ 1156 1157 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ 1158 j = -1; 1159 row = 0; 1160 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) 1161 { 1162 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1163 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1164 { 1165 j = i; 1166 break; 1167 } 1168 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1169 } 1170 if (j == -1) 1171 { 1172 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all 1173 * lines */ 1174 mid_start = 0; 1175 } 1176 else 1177 { 1178 /* 1179 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. 1180 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. 1181 */ 1182 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1183 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, 1184 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ 1185 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1186 row += wp->w_old_topfill; 1187 else 1188 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); 1189 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ 1190 row -= wp->w_topfill; 1191 #endif 1192 if (row > 0) 1193 { 1194 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1195 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1196 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; 1197 else 1198 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1199 } 1200 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1201 { 1202 /* 1203 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still 1204 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info 1205 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set 1206 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. 1207 */ 1208 bot_start = 0; 1209 idx = 0; 1210 for (;;) 1211 { 1212 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; 1213 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still 1214 * valid (no lines deleted) */ 1215 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row 1216 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) 1217 { 1218 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; 1219 break; 1220 } 1221 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 1222 1223 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1224 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1225 { 1226 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 1227 break; 1228 } 1229 } 1230 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1231 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top 1232 * when it won't get updated below. */ 1233 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) 1234 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = 1235 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) 1236 + wp->w_topfill; 1237 #endif 1238 } 1239 } 1240 } 1241 1242 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When 1243 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen 1244 * first. */ 1245 if (mid_start == 0) 1246 { 1247 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1248 if (lastwin == firstwin) 1249 { 1250 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or 1251 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE 1252 * then. */ 1253 if (screen_cleared != TRUE) 1254 screenclear(); 1255 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1256 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */ 1257 if (redraw_tabline) 1258 draw_tabline(); 1259 #endif 1260 } 1261 } 1262 1263 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be 1264 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear() 1265 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to 1266 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */ 1267 if (screen_cleared == TRUE) 1268 must_redraw = 0; 1269 } 1270 else 1271 { 1272 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ 1273 mid_start = 0; 1274 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1275 } 1276 1277 if (type == SOME_VALID) 1278 { 1279 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */ 1280 mid_start = 0; 1281 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1282 type = NOT_VALID; 1283 } 1284 1285 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 1286 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ 1287 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1288 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) 1289 { 1290 linenr_T from, to; 1291 1292 if (VIsual_active) 1293 { 1294 if (VIsual_active 1295 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode 1296 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) 1297 { 1298 /* 1299 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole 1300 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is 1301 * gained or lost. 1302 */ 1303 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) 1304 { 1305 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1306 to = VIsual.lnum; 1307 } 1308 else 1309 { 1310 from = VIsual.lnum; 1311 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1312 } 1313 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ 1314 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) 1315 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1316 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) 1317 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1318 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) 1319 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1320 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1321 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1322 } 1323 else 1324 { 1325 /* 1326 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines 1327 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor 1328 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. 1329 */ 1330 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) 1331 { 1332 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1333 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1334 } 1335 else 1336 { 1337 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1338 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1339 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ 1340 from = to; 1341 } 1342 1343 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum 1344 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) 1345 { 1346 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from 1347 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) 1348 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1349 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1350 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1351 if (VIsual.lnum < from) 1352 from = VIsual.lnum; 1353 if (VIsual.lnum > to) 1354 to = VIsual.lnum; 1355 } 1356 } 1357 1358 /* 1359 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: 1360 * update all lines. 1361 * First compute the actual start and end column. 1362 */ 1363 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 1364 { 1365 colnr_T fromc, toc; 1366 1367 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); 1368 ++toc; 1369 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) 1370 toc = MAXCOL; 1371 1372 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol 1373 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) 1374 { 1375 if (from > VIsual.lnum) 1376 from = VIsual.lnum; 1377 if (to < VIsual.lnum) 1378 to = VIsual.lnum; 1379 } 1380 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; 1381 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; 1382 } 1383 } 1384 else 1385 { 1386 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ 1387 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) 1388 { 1389 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1390 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1391 } 1392 else 1393 { 1394 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1395 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1396 } 1397 } 1398 1399 /* 1400 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. 1401 */ 1402 if (from < wp->w_topline) 1403 from = wp->w_topline; 1404 1405 /* 1406 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to 1407 * the lines that are visible in the window. 1408 */ 1409 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) 1410 { 1411 if (from >= wp->w_botline) 1412 from = wp->w_botline - 1; 1413 if (to >= wp->w_botline) 1414 to = wp->w_botline - 1; 1415 } 1416 1417 /* 1418 * Find the minimal part to be updated. 1419 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. 1420 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets 1421 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. 1422 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text 1423 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for 1424 * mid_end (in srow). 1425 */ 1426 if (mid_start > 0) 1427 { 1428 lnum = wp->w_topline; 1429 idx = 0; 1430 srow = 0; 1431 if (scrolled_down) 1432 mid_start = top_end; 1433 else 1434 mid_start = 0; 1435 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ 1436 { 1437 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1438 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1439 else if (!scrolled_down) 1440 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1441 ++idx; 1442 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1443 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1444 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; 1445 else 1446 # endif 1447 ++lnum; 1448 } 1449 srow += mid_start; 1450 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1451 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ 1452 { 1453 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 1454 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) 1455 { 1456 /* Only update until first row of this line */ 1457 mid_end = srow; 1458 break; 1459 } 1460 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1461 } 1462 } 1463 } 1464 1465 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1466 { 1467 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; 1468 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1469 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; 1470 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; 1471 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; 1472 } 1473 else 1474 { 1475 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; 1476 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; 1477 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; 1478 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; 1479 } 1480 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */ 1481 1482 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1483 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ 1484 save_got_int = got_int; 1485 got_int = 0; 1486 #endif 1487 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1488 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 1489 #endif 1490 1491 /* 1492 * Update all the window rows. 1493 */ 1494 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1495 row = 0; 1496 srow = 0; 1497 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ 1498 for (;;) 1499 { 1500 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ 1501 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ 1502 if (row == wp->w_height) 1503 { 1504 didline = TRUE; 1505 break; 1506 } 1507 1508 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ 1509 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 1510 { 1511 eof = TRUE; 1512 break; 1513 } 1514 1515 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt 1516 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ 1517 srow = row; 1518 1519 /* 1520 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it 1521 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. 1522 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using 1523 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. 1524 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will 1525 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is 1526 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. 1527 */ 1528 if (row < top_end 1529 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) 1530 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1531 || top_to_mod 1532 #endif 1533 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid 1534 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) 1535 || (mod_top != 0 1536 && (lnum == mod_top 1537 || (lnum >= mod_top 1538 && (lnum < mod_bot 1539 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1540 || did_update == DID_FOLD 1541 || (did_update == DID_LINE 1542 && syntax_present(buf) 1543 && ( 1544 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1545 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) 1546 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || 1547 # endif 1548 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) 1549 #endif 1550 ))))) 1551 { 1552 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1553 if (lnum == mod_top) 1554 top_to_mod = FALSE; 1555 #endif 1556 1557 /* 1558 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines 1559 * up or down to minimize redrawing. 1560 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. 1561 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol is non-zero, keep the "$". 1562 */ 1563 if (lnum == mod_top 1564 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM 1565 && !(dollar_vcol != 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) 1566 { 1567 int old_rows = 0; 1568 int new_rows = 0; 1569 int xtra_rows; 1570 linenr_T l; 1571 1572 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which 1573 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are 1574 * currently displayed. */ 1575 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1576 { 1577 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid 1578 * lines are part of the changed area. */ 1579 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1580 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) 1581 break; 1582 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1583 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1584 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1585 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) 1586 { 1587 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. 1588 * Add following invalid entries. */ 1589 ++i; 1590 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid 1591 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1592 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; 1593 break; 1594 } 1595 #endif 1596 } 1597 1598 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1599 { 1600 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, 1601 * need to redraw until the end of the window. 1602 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ 1603 bot_start = 0; 1604 } 1605 else 1606 { 1607 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window 1608 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ 1609 j = idx; 1610 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) 1611 { 1612 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1613 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) 1614 ++new_rows; 1615 else 1616 #endif 1617 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1618 if (l == wp->w_topline) 1619 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) 1620 + wp->w_topfill; 1621 else 1622 #endif 1623 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); 1624 ++j; 1625 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) 1626 { 1627 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ 1628 new_rows = 9999; 1629 break; 1630 } 1631 } 1632 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; 1633 if (xtra_rows < 0) 1634 { 1635 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough 1636 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the 1637 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text 1638 * below the scrolled text. */ 1639 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 1640 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1641 else 1642 { 1643 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1644 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, 1645 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1646 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1647 else 1648 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; 1649 } 1650 } 1651 else if (xtra_rows > 0) 1652 { 1653 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough 1654 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the 1655 * rest. */ 1656 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 1657 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1658 else 1659 { 1660 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1661 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, 1662 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1663 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1664 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) 1665 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires 1666 * updating down. */ 1667 top_end += xtra_rows; 1668 } 1669 } 1670 1671 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] 1672 * entries. */ 1673 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) 1674 { 1675 if (j < i) 1676 { 1677 int x = row + new_rows; 1678 1679 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ 1680 for (;;) 1681 { 1682 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ 1683 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1684 { 1685 wp->w_lines_valid = j; 1686 break; 1687 } 1688 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; 1689 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ 1690 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size 1691 > wp->w_height) 1692 { 1693 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; 1694 break; 1695 } 1696 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; 1697 ++i; 1698 } 1699 if (bot_start > x) 1700 bot_start = x; 1701 } 1702 else /* j > i */ 1703 { 1704 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ 1705 j -= i; 1706 wp->w_lines_valid += j; 1707 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) 1708 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 1709 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) 1710 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; 1711 1712 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are 1713 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. 1714 * Reset to zero. */ 1715 while (i >= idx) 1716 { 1717 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; 1718 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; 1719 } 1720 } 1721 } 1722 } 1723 } 1724 1725 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1726 /* 1727 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. 1728 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when 1729 * 'wrap' is on). 1730 */ 1731 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); 1732 if (fold_count != 0) 1733 { 1734 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); 1735 ++row; 1736 --fold_count; 1737 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; 1738 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; 1739 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1740 did_update = DID_FOLD; 1741 # endif 1742 } 1743 else 1744 #endif 1745 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid 1746 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 1747 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum 1748 && lnum > wp->w_topline 1749 && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) 1750 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height 1751 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1752 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 1753 #endif 1754 ) 1755 { 1756 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, 1757 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ 1758 row = wp->w_height + 1; 1759 } 1760 else 1761 { 1762 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1763 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 1764 #endif 1765 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1766 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ 1767 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum 1768 && syntax_present(buf)) 1769 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 1770 #endif 1771 1772 /* 1773 * Display one line. 1774 */ 1775 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0); 1776 1777 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1778 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; 1779 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; 1780 #endif 1781 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1782 did_update = DID_LINE; 1783 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; 1784 #endif 1785 } 1786 1787 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; 1788 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; 1789 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 1790 { 1791 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ 1792 if (dollar_vcol == 0) 1793 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); 1794 ++idx; 1795 break; 1796 } 1797 if (dollar_vcol == 0) 1798 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; 1799 ++idx; 1800 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1801 lnum += fold_count + 1; 1802 #else 1803 ++lnum; 1804 #endif 1805 } 1806 else 1807 { 1808 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */ 1809 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 1810 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 1811 break; 1812 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1813 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; 1814 #else 1815 ++lnum; 1816 #endif 1817 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1818 did_update = DID_NONE; 1819 #endif 1820 } 1821 1822 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 1823 { 1824 eof = TRUE; 1825 break; 1826 } 1827 } 1828 /* 1829 * End of loop over all window lines. 1830 */ 1831 1832 1833 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) 1834 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 1835 1836 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1837 /* 1838 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. 1839 */ 1840 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(buf)) 1841 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 1842 #endif 1843 1844 /* 1845 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last 1846 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. 1847 */ 1848 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; 1849 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1850 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; 1851 #endif 1852 if (!eof && !didline) 1853 { 1854 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 1855 { 1856 /* 1857 * Single line that does not fit! 1858 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. 1859 */ 1860 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; 1861 } 1862 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1863 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) 1864 { 1865 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ 1866 wp->w_botline = lnum; 1867 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; 1868 } 1869 #endif 1870 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ 1871 { 1872 /* 1873 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. 1874 */ 1875 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, 1876 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 1877 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 1878 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); 1879 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 1880 wp->w_botline = lnum; 1881 } 1882 else 1883 { 1884 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 1885 wp->w_botline = lnum; 1886 } 1887 } 1888 else 1889 { 1890 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 1891 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 1892 #endif 1893 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ 1894 { 1895 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; 1896 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1897 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); 1898 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) 1899 { 1900 /* 1901 * Display filler lines at the end of the file 1902 */ 1903 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 1904 i = '-'; 1905 else 1906 i = fill_diff; 1907 if (row + j > wp->w_height) 1908 j = wp->w_height - row; 1909 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); 1910 row += j; 1911 } 1912 #endif 1913 } 1914 else if (dollar_vcol == 0) 1915 wp->w_botline = lnum; 1916 1917 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ 1918 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ 1919 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 1920 } 1921 1922 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ 1923 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1924 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1925 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 1926 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; 1927 #endif 1928 1929 if (dollar_vcol == 0) 1930 { 1931 /* 1932 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each 1933 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive 1934 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the 1935 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to 1936 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was 1937 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on 1938 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw 1939 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it 1940 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where 1941 * changes are relevant). 1942 */ 1943 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; 1944 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) 1945 { 1946 recursive = TRUE; 1947 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; 1948 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ 1949 if (must_redraw != 0) 1950 { 1951 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ 1952 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; 1953 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 1954 win_update(curwin); 1955 must_redraw = 0; 1956 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; 1957 } 1958 recursive = FALSE; 1959 } 1960 } 1961 1962 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1963 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ 1964 if (!got_int) 1965 got_int = save_got_int; 1966 #endif 1967 } 1968 1969 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 1970 static int draw_signcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp)); 1971 1972 /* 1973 * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in. 1974 */ 1975 static int 1976 draw_signcolumn(wp) 1977 win_T *wp; 1978 { 1979 return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL 1980 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 1981 || usingNetbeans 1982 # endif 1983 ); 1984 } 1985 #endif 1986 1987 /* 1988 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" 1989 * as the filler character. 1990 */ 1991 static void 1992 win_draw_end(wp, c1, c2, row, endrow, hl) 1993 win_T *wp; 1994 int c1; 1995 int c2; 1996 int row; 1997 int endrow; 1998 hlf_T hl; 1999 { 2000 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) 2001 int n = 0; 2002 # define FDC_OFF n 2003 #else 2004 # define FDC_OFF 0 2005 #endif 2006 2007 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2008 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2009 { 2010 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ 2011 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2012 n = wp->w_p_fdc; 2013 2014 if (n > 0) 2015 { 2016 /* draw the fold column at the right */ 2017 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2018 n = W_WIDTH(wp); 2019 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2020 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2021 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 2022 } 2023 # endif 2024 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2025 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) 2026 { 2027 int nn = n + 2; 2028 2029 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ 2030 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2031 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 2032 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2033 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, 2034 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); 2035 n = nn; 2036 } 2037 # endif 2038 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2039 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, 2040 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl)); 2041 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2042 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, 2043 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); 2044 } 2045 else 2046 #endif 2047 { 2048 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2049 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2050 { 2051 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ 2052 n = 1; 2053 if (n > wp->w_width) 2054 n = wp->w_width; 2055 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2056 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n, 2057 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); 2058 } 2059 #endif 2060 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2061 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) 2062 { 2063 int nn = n + wp->w_p_fdc; 2064 2065 /* draw the fold column at the left */ 2066 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2067 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 2068 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2069 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, 2070 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 2071 n = nn; 2072 } 2073 #endif 2074 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2075 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) 2076 { 2077 int nn = n + 2; 2078 2079 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ 2080 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2081 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 2082 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2083 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, 2084 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); 2085 n = nn; 2086 } 2087 #endif 2088 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2089 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2090 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); 2091 } 2092 set_empty_rows(wp, row); 2093 } 2094 2095 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2096 /* 2097 * Display one folded line. 2098 */ 2099 static void 2100 fold_line(wp, fold_count, foldinfo, lnum, row) 2101 win_T *wp; 2102 long fold_count; 2103 foldinfo_T *foldinfo; 2104 linenr_T lnum; 2105 int row; 2106 { 2107 char_u buf[51]; 2108 pos_T *top, *bot; 2109 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; 2110 int len; 2111 char_u *text; 2112 int fdc; 2113 int col; 2114 int txtcol; 2115 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 2116 int ri; 2117 2118 /* Build the fold line: 2119 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2120 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2121 * 3. Add the 'number' column 2122 * 4. Compose the text 2123 * 5. Add the text 2124 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text 2125 */ 2126 col = 0; 2127 2128 /* 2129 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2130 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. 2131 */ 2132 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2133 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2134 { 2135 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; 2136 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 2137 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2138 if (enc_utf8) 2139 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 2140 #endif 2141 ++col; 2142 } 2143 #endif 2144 2145 /* 2146 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2147 */ 2148 fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; 2149 if (fdc > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) 2150 fdc = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2151 if (fdc > 0) 2152 { 2153 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); 2154 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2155 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2156 { 2157 int i; 2158 2159 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc, 2160 hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 2161 /* reverse the fold column */ 2162 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) 2163 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; 2164 } 2165 else 2166 #endif 2167 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 2168 col += fdc; 2169 } 2170 2171 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2172 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \ 2173 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2174 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ 2175 else \ 2176 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2177 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v 2178 #else 2179 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2180 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v 2181 #endif 2182 2183 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' column and the text */ 2184 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col); 2185 2186 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2187 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ 2188 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) 2189 { 2190 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2191 if (len > 0) 2192 { 2193 if (len > 2) 2194 len = 2; 2195 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2196 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2197 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2198 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, 2199 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2200 else 2201 # endif 2202 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2203 col += len; 2204 } 2205 } 2206 #endif 2207 2208 /* 2209 * 3. Add the 'number' column 2210 */ 2211 if (wp->w_p_nu) 2212 { 2213 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2214 if (len > 0) 2215 { 2216 int w = number_width(wp); 2217 2218 if (len > w + 1) 2219 len = w + 1; 2220 sprintf((char *)buf, "%*ld ", w, (long)lnum); 2221 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2222 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2223 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2224 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len, 2225 hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2226 else 2227 #endif 2228 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2229 col += len; 2230 } 2231 } 2232 2233 /* 2234 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. 2235 */ 2236 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); 2237 2238 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ 2239 2240 /* 2241 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". 2242 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put 2243 * in columns number-col - window-width. 2244 */ 2245 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2246 if (has_mbyte) 2247 { 2248 int cells; 2249 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 2250 int i; 2251 int idx; 2252 int c_len; 2253 char_u *p; 2254 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2255 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 2256 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 2257 # endif 2258 2259 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2260 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2261 idx = off; 2262 else 2263 # endif 2264 idx = off + col; 2265 2266 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ 2267 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) 2268 { 2269 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); 2270 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 2271 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp) 2272 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2273 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) 2274 # endif 2275 ) 2276 break; 2277 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; 2278 if (enc_utf8) 2279 { 2280 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc); 2281 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 2282 { 2283 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; 2284 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2285 prev_c = u8c; 2286 #endif 2287 } 2288 else 2289 { 2290 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2291 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 2292 { 2293 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 2294 int pc, pc1, nc; 2295 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 2296 int firstbyte = *p; 2297 2298 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 2299 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 2300 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2301 { 2302 pc = prev_c; 2303 pc1 = prev_c1; 2304 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); 2305 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 2306 } 2307 else 2308 { 2309 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc); 2310 nc = prev_c; 2311 pc1 = pcc[0]; 2312 } 2313 prev_c = u8c; 2314 2315 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0], 2316 pc, pc1, nc); 2317 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; 2318 } 2319 else 2320 prev_c = u8c; 2321 #endif 2322 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 2323 #ifdef UNICODE16 2324 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 2325 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 2326 else 2327 #endif 2328 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; 2329 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 2330 { 2331 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i]; 2332 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 2333 break; 2334 } 2335 } 2336 if (cells > 1) 2337 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; 2338 } 2339 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) 2340 /* double-byte single width character */ 2341 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; 2342 else if (cells > 1) 2343 /* double-width character */ 2344 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; 2345 col += cells; 2346 idx += cells; 2347 p += c_len; 2348 } 2349 } 2350 else 2351 #endif 2352 { 2353 len = (int)STRLEN(text); 2354 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) 2355 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2356 if (len > 0) 2357 { 2358 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2359 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2360 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); 2361 else 2362 #endif 2363 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); 2364 col += len; 2365 } 2366 } 2367 2368 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ 2369 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2370 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2371 col -= txtcol; 2372 #endif 2373 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp) 2374 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2375 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) 2376 #endif 2377 ) 2378 { 2379 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2380 if (enc_utf8) 2381 { 2382 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) 2383 { 2384 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; 2385 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0; 2386 } 2387 else 2388 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; 2389 } 2390 #endif 2391 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; 2392 } 2393 2394 if (text != buf) 2395 vim_free(text); 2396 2397 /* 2398 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. 2399 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. 2400 */ 2401 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 2402 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 2403 { 2404 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 2405 { 2406 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 2407 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 2408 bot = &VIsual; 2409 } 2410 else 2411 { 2412 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 2413 top = &VIsual; 2414 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 2415 } 2416 if (lnum >= top->lnum 2417 && lnume <= bot->lnum 2418 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' 2419 || ((lnum > top->lnum 2420 || (lnum == top->lnum 2421 && top->col == 0)) 2422 && (lnume < bot->lnum 2423 || (lnume == bot->lnum 2424 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) 2425 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) 2426 { 2427 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 2428 { 2429 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ 2430 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) 2431 { 2432 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) 2433 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 2434 else 2435 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol; 2436 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), 2437 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); 2438 } 2439 } 2440 else 2441 { 2442 /* Set all attributes of the text */ 2443 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol); 2444 } 2445 } 2446 } 2447 #endif 2448 2449 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2450 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */ 2451 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 2452 { 2453 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol; 2454 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2455 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; 2456 else 2457 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; 2458 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) 2459 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( 2460 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); 2461 } 2462 #endif 2463 2464 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp), 2465 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE); 2466 2467 /* 2468 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 2469 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 2470 */ 2471 if (wp == curwin 2472 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 2473 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 2474 { 2475 curwin->w_cline_row = row; 2476 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; 2477 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; 2478 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 2479 } 2480 } 2481 2482 /* 2483 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". 2484 */ 2485 static void 2486 copy_text_attr(off, buf, len, attr) 2487 int off; 2488 char_u *buf; 2489 int len; 2490 int attr; 2491 { 2492 int i; 2493 2494 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); 2495 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2496 if (enc_utf8) 2497 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); 2498 # endif 2499 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) 2500 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; 2501 } 2502 2503 /* 2504 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". 2505 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0. 2506 */ 2507 static void 2508 fill_foldcolumn(p, wp, closed, lnum) 2509 char_u *p; 2510 win_T *wp; 2511 int closed; /* TRUE of FALSE */ 2512 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */ 2513 { 2514 int i = 0; 2515 int level; 2516 int first_level; 2517 int empty; 2518 2519 /* Init to all spaces. */ 2520 copy_spaces(p, (size_t)wp->w_p_fdc); 2521 2522 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; 2523 if (level > 0) 2524 { 2525 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ 2526 empty = (wp->w_p_fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; 2527 2528 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that 2529 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ 2530 first_level = level - wp->w_p_fdc - closed + 1 + empty; 2531 if (first_level < 1) 2532 first_level = 1; 2533 2534 for (i = 0; i + empty < wp->w_p_fdc; ++i) 2535 { 2536 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum 2537 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) 2538 p[i] = '-'; 2539 else if (first_level == 1) 2540 p[i] = '|'; 2541 else if (first_level + i <= 9) 2542 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; 2543 else 2544 p[i] = '>'; 2545 if (first_level + i == level) 2546 break; 2547 } 2548 } 2549 if (closed) 2550 p[i >= wp->w_p_fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+'; 2551 } 2552 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ 2553 2554 /* 2555 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. 2556 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. 2557 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. 2558 * 2559 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. 2560 */ 2561 static int 2562 win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange) 2563 win_T *wp; 2564 linenr_T lnum; 2565 int startrow; 2566 int endrow; 2567 int nochange UNUSED; /* not updating for changed text */ 2568 { 2569 int col; /* visual column on screen */ 2570 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ 2571 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ 2572 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ 2573 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ 2574 char_u *line; /* current line */ 2575 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ 2576 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ 2577 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ 2578 2579 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ 2580 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ 2581 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */ 2582 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ 2583 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ 2584 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when 2585 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ 2586 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ 2587 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ 2588 2589 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ 2590 int saved_n_extra = 0; 2591 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; 2592 int saved_c_extra = 0; 2593 int saved_char_attr = 0; 2594 2595 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ 2596 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ 2597 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ 2598 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ 2599 2600 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ 2601 2602 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ 2603 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ 2604 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ 2605 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 2606 pos_T *top, *bot; 2607 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE; 2608 #endif 2609 pos_T pos; 2610 long v; 2611 2612 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ 2613 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */ 2614 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting 2615 in this line */ 2616 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ 2617 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ 2618 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ 2619 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2620 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */ 2621 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ 2622 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ 2623 int save_did_emsg; 2624 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */ 2625 #endif 2626 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 2627 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ 2628 # define SPWORDLEN 150 2629 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ 2630 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ 2631 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line 2632 starts */ 2633 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ 2634 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ 2635 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ 2636 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which 2637 * there are no spell errors */ 2638 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ 2639 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ 2640 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ 2641 #endif 2642 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */ 2643 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2644 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ 2645 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ 2646 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ 2647 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ 2648 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */ 2649 #endif 2650 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2651 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ 2652 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ 2653 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ 2654 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ 2655 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ 2656 #endif 2657 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ 2658 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 2659 int need_showbreak = FALSE; 2660 #endif 2661 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \ 2662 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 2663 # define LINE_ATTR 2664 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */ 2665 #endif 2666 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 2667 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 2668 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 2669 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl 2670 has been processed or not */ 2671 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol 2672 equals startcol of search_hl or one 2673 of the matches */ 2674 #endif 2675 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2676 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 2677 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 2678 #endif 2679 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 2680 int did_line_attr = 0; 2681 #endif 2682 2683 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ 2684 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ 2685 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2686 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ 2687 #else 2688 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START 2689 #endif 2690 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2691 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ 2692 #else 2693 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE 2694 #endif 2695 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2696 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ 2697 #else 2698 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ 2699 #endif 2700 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ 2701 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 2702 # define WL_SBR WL_NR + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ 2703 #else 2704 # define WL_SBR WL_NR 2705 #endif 2706 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ 2707 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ 2708 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 2709 int feedback_col = 0; 2710 int feedback_old_attr = -1; 2711 #endif 2712 2713 2714 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ 2715 return startrow; 2716 2717 row = startrow; 2718 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); 2719 2720 /* 2721 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, 2722 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. 2723 */ 2724 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 2725 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; 2726 #else 2727 extra_check = 0; 2728 #endif 2729 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2730 if (syntax_present(wp->w_buffer) && !wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error) 2731 { 2732 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an 2733 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ 2734 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 2735 did_emsg = FALSE; 2736 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 2737 if (did_emsg) 2738 wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error = TRUE; 2739 else 2740 { 2741 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 2742 has_syntax = TRUE; 2743 extra_check = TRUE; 2744 } 2745 } 2746 #endif 2747 2748 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 2749 if (wp->w_p_spell 2750 && *wp->w_buffer->b_p_spl != NUL 2751 && wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_len > 0 2752 && *(char **)(wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) 2753 { 2754 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ 2755 has_spell = TRUE; 2756 extra_check = TRUE; 2757 2758 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next 2759 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". 2760 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ 2761 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; 2762 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 2763 { 2764 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); 2765 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); 2766 } 2767 2768 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current 2769 * line is valid. */ 2770 if (lnum == checked_lnum) 2771 cur_checked_col = checked_col; 2772 checked_lnum = 0; 2773 2774 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a 2775 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check 2776 * the first word. */ 2777 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) 2778 cap_col = -1; 2779 if (lnum == 1) 2780 cap_col = 0; 2781 capcol_lnum = 0; 2782 } 2783 #endif 2784 2785 /* 2786 * handle visual active in this window 2787 */ 2788 fromcol = -10; 2789 tocol = MAXCOL; 2790 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 2791 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 2792 { 2793 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 2794 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 2795 { 2796 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 2797 bot = &VIsual; 2798 } 2799 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 2800 { 2801 top = &VIsual; 2802 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 2803 } 2804 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum); 2805 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ 2806 { 2807 if (lnum_in_visual_area) 2808 { 2809 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; 2810 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 2811 } 2812 } 2813 else /* non-block mode */ 2814 { 2815 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) 2816 fromcol = 0; 2817 else if (lnum == top->lnum) 2818 { 2819 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ 2820 fromcol = 0; 2821 else 2822 { 2823 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 2824 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) 2825 tocol = fromcol + 1; 2826 } 2827 } 2828 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) 2829 { 2830 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 2831 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 2832 && bot->coladd == 0 2833 #endif 2834 ) 2835 { 2836 fromcol = -10; 2837 tocol = MAXCOL; 2838 } 2839 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) 2840 tocol = MAXCOL; 2841 else 2842 { 2843 pos = *bot; 2844 if (*p_sel == 'e') 2845 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 2846 else 2847 { 2848 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); 2849 ++tocol; 2850 } 2851 } 2852 } 2853 } 2854 2855 #ifndef MSDOS 2856 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ 2857 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin 2858 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 2859 && !gui.in_use 2860 # endif 2861 ) 2862 noinvcur = TRUE; 2863 #endif 2864 2865 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ 2866 if (fromcol >= 0) 2867 { 2868 area_highlighting = TRUE; 2869 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V); 2870 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) 2871 if (clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned && clip_isautosel()) 2872 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC); 2873 #endif 2874 } 2875 } 2876 2877 /* 2878 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting 2879 */ 2880 else 2881 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */ 2882 if (highlight_match 2883 && wp == curwin 2884 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 2885 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 2886 { 2887 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 2888 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), 2889 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 2890 else 2891 fromcol = 0; 2892 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 2893 { 2894 pos.lnum = lnum; 2895 pos.col = search_match_endcol; 2896 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 2897 } 2898 else 2899 tocol = MAXCOL; 2900 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */ 2901 if (fromcol == tocol) 2902 tocol = fromcol + 1; 2903 area_highlighting = TRUE; 2904 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I); 2905 } 2906 2907 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2908 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); 2909 if (filler_lines < 0) 2910 { 2911 if (filler_lines == -1) 2912 { 2913 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) 2914 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 2915 else if (change_start == 0) 2916 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 2917 else 2918 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 2919 } 2920 else 2921 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 2922 filler_lines = 0; 2923 area_highlighting = TRUE; 2924 } 2925 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 2926 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; 2927 filler_todo = filler_lines; 2928 #endif 2929 2930 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 2931 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2932 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ 2933 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); 2934 if (v != 0) 2935 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); 2936 # endif 2937 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 2938 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ 2939 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) 2940 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); 2941 # endif 2942 if (line_attr != 0) 2943 area_highlighting = TRUE; 2944 #endif 2945 2946 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 2947 ptr = line; 2948 2949 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 2950 if (has_spell) 2951 { 2952 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ 2953 if (cap_col == 0) 2954 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line); 2955 2956 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the 2957 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was 2958 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ 2959 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) 2960 { 2961 /* No next line or it is empty. */ 2962 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; 2963 nextline_idx = 0; 2964 } 2965 else 2966 { 2967 v = (long)STRLEN(line); 2968 if (v < SPWORDLEN) 2969 { 2970 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the 2971 * next line. */ 2972 nextlinecol = 0; 2973 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); 2974 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN); 2975 nextline_idx = v + 1; 2976 } 2977 else 2978 { 2979 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ 2980 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; 2981 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); 2982 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; 2983 } 2984 } 2985 } 2986 #endif 2987 2988 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ 2989 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_trail) 2990 { 2991 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); 2992 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1])) 2993 --trailcol; 2994 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); 2995 extra_check = TRUE; 2996 } 2997 2998 /* 2999 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the 3000 * first character to be displayed. 3001 */ 3002 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3003 v = wp->w_skipcol; 3004 else 3005 v = wp->w_leftcol; 3006 if (v > 0) 3007 { 3008 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3009 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; 3010 #endif 3011 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) 3012 { 3013 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); 3014 vcol += c; 3015 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3016 prev_ptr = ptr; 3017 #endif 3018 mb_ptr_adv(ptr); 3019 } 3020 3021 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(FEAT_VISUAL) 3022 /* When: 3023 * - 'cuc' is set, or 3024 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or 3025 * - the visual mode is active, 3026 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part. 3027 */ 3028 if (vcol < v && ( 3029 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3030 wp->w_p_cuc 3031 # if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(FEAT_VISUAL) 3032 || 3033 # endif 3034 # endif 3035 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3036 virtual_active() 3037 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 3038 || 3039 # endif 3040 # endif 3041 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 3042 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 3043 # endif 3044 )) 3045 { 3046 vcol = v; 3047 } 3048 #endif 3049 3050 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at 3051 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ 3052 if (vcol > v) 3053 { 3054 vcol -= c; 3055 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3056 ptr = prev_ptr; 3057 #else 3058 --ptr; 3059 #endif 3060 n_skip = v - vcol; 3061 } 3062 3063 /* 3064 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, 3065 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. 3066 */ 3067 if (tocol <= vcol) 3068 fromcol = 0; 3069 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) 3070 fromcol = vcol; 3071 3072 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3073 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ 3074 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3075 need_showbreak = TRUE; 3076 #endif 3077 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3078 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the 3079 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ 3080 if (has_spell) 3081 { 3082 int len; 3083 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line); 3084 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3085 3086 pos = wp->w_cursor; 3087 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 3088 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol; 3089 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf); 3090 3091 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */ 3092 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3093 ptr = line + linecol; 3094 3095 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) 3096 { 3097 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a 3098 * word */ 3099 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3100 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp->w_buffer) 3101 - line + 1); 3102 } 3103 else 3104 { 3105 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ 3106 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; 3107 3108 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 3109 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 3110 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 3111 } 3112 wp->w_cursor = pos; 3113 3114 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3115 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ 3116 if (has_syntax) 3117 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 3118 # endif 3119 } 3120 #endif 3121 } 3122 3123 /* 3124 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. 3125 * Avoids having to check this for each character. 3126 */ 3127 if (fromcol >= 0) 3128 { 3129 if (noinvcur) 3130 { 3131 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) 3132 { 3133 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the 3134 * cursor */ 3135 fromcol_prev = fromcol; 3136 fromcol = -1; 3137 } 3138 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) 3139 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ 3140 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; 3141 } 3142 if (fromcol >= tocol) 3143 fromcol = -1; 3144 } 3145 3146 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3147 /* 3148 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches. 3149 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list. 3150 */ 3151 cur = wp->w_match_head; 3152 shl_flag = FALSE; 3153 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 3154 { 3155 if (shl_flag == FALSE) 3156 { 3157 shl = &search_hl; 3158 shl_flag = TRUE; 3159 } 3160 else 3161 shl = &cur->hl; 3162 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; 3163 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3164 shl->attr_cur = 0; 3165 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) 3166 { 3167 v = (long)(ptr - line); 3168 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v); 3169 3170 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it 3171 * invalid. */ 3172 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3173 ptr = line + v; 3174 3175 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) 3176 { 3177 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 3178 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 3179 else 3180 shl->startcol = 0; 3181 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 3182 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) 3183 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 3184 else 3185 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3186 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ 3187 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 3188 { 3189 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3190 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) 3191 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol); 3192 else 3193 #endif 3194 ++shl->endcol; 3195 } 3196 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ 3197 { 3198 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 3199 search_attr = shl->attr; 3200 } 3201 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3202 } 3203 } 3204 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 3205 cur = cur->next; 3206 } 3207 #endif 3208 3209 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3210 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline'. Not when Visual mode is 3211 * active, because it's not clear what is selected then. */ 3212 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && !VIsual_active) 3213 { 3214 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CUL); 3215 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3216 } 3217 #endif 3218 3219 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 3220 col = 0; 3221 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3222 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3223 { 3224 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put 3225 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the 3226 * rightmost column of the window. */ 3227 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; 3228 off += col; 3229 } 3230 #endif 3231 3232 /* 3233 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. 3234 */ 3235 for (;;) 3236 { 3237 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ 3238 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) 3239 { 3240 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3241 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3242 { 3243 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; 3244 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 3245 { 3246 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ 3247 n_extra = 1; 3248 c_extra = cmdwin_type; 3249 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3250 } 3251 } 3252 #endif 3253 3254 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3255 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3256 { 3257 draw_state = WL_FOLD; 3258 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) 3259 { 3260 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */ 3261 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum); 3262 n_extra = wp->w_p_fdc; 3263 p_extra = extra; 3264 p_extra[n_extra] = NUL; 3265 c_extra = NUL; 3266 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC); 3267 } 3268 } 3269 #endif 3270 3271 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3272 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3273 { 3274 draw_state = WL_SIGN; 3275 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this 3276 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ 3277 if (draw_signcolumn(wp) 3278 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3279 && filler_todo <= 0 3280 # endif 3281 ) 3282 { 3283 int_u text_sign; 3284 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3285 int_u icon_sign; 3286 # endif 3287 3288 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ 3289 c_extra = ' '; 3290 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC); 3291 n_extra = 2; 3292 3293 if (row == startrow) 3294 { 3295 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3296 SIGN_TEXT); 3297 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3298 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3299 SIGN_ICON); 3300 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) 3301 { 3302 /* Use the image in this position. */ 3303 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; 3304 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 3305 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) 3306 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; 3307 # endif 3308 char_attr = icon_sign; 3309 } 3310 else 3311 # endif 3312 if (text_sign != 0) 3313 { 3314 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); 3315 if (p_extra != NULL) 3316 { 3317 c_extra = NUL; 3318 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 3319 } 3320 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); 3321 } 3322 } 3323 } 3324 } 3325 #endif 3326 3327 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3328 { 3329 draw_state = WL_NR; 3330 /* Display the line number. After the first fill with blanks 3331 * when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ 3332 if (wp->w_p_nu 3333 && (row == startrow 3334 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3335 + filler_lines 3336 #endif 3337 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) 3338 { 3339 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ 3340 if (row == startrow 3341 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3342 + filler_lines 3343 #endif 3344 ) 3345 { 3346 sprintf((char *)extra, "%*ld ", 3347 number_width(wp), (long)lnum); 3348 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) 3349 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) 3350 *p_extra = '-'; 3351 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3352 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ 3353 rl_mirror(extra); 3354 #endif 3355 p_extra = extra; 3356 c_extra = NUL; 3357 } 3358 else 3359 c_extra = ' '; 3360 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; 3361 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N); 3362 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3363 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of 3364 * the current line differently. */ 3365 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3366 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(hl_attr(HLF_CUL), char_attr); 3367 #endif 3368 } 3369 } 3370 3371 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3372 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3373 { 3374 draw_state = WL_SBR; 3375 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3376 if (filler_todo > 0) 3377 { 3378 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ 3379 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 3380 c_extra = '-'; 3381 else 3382 c_extra = fill_diff; 3383 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3384 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3385 n_extra = col + 1; 3386 else 3387 # endif 3388 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 3389 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED); 3390 } 3391 # endif 3392 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3393 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) 3394 { 3395 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ 3396 p_extra = p_sbr; 3397 c_extra = NUL; 3398 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); 3399 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3400 need_showbreak = FALSE; 3401 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', 3402 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 3403 if (tocol == vcol) 3404 tocol += n_extra; 3405 } 3406 # endif 3407 } 3408 #endif 3409 3410 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3411 { 3412 draw_state = WL_LINE; 3413 if (saved_n_extra) 3414 { 3415 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ 3416 n_extra = saved_n_extra; 3417 c_extra = saved_c_extra; 3418 p_extra = saved_p_extra; 3419 char_attr = saved_char_attr; 3420 } 3421 else 3422 char_attr = 0; 3423 } 3424 } 3425 3426 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */ 3427 if (dollar_vcol != 0 && wp == curwin 3428 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol 3429 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3430 && filler_todo <= 0 3431 #endif 3432 ) 3433 { 3434 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp), 3435 wp->w_p_rl); 3436 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when 3437 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */ 3438 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3439 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 3440 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height; 3441 else 3442 #endif 3443 row = wp->w_height; 3444 break; 3445 } 3446 3447 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) 3448 { 3449 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ 3450 if (vcol == fromcol 3451 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3452 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 3453 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) 3454 #endif 3455 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev 3456 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */ 3457 && vcol < tocol)) 3458 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ 3459 else if (area_attr != 0 3460 && (vcol == tocol 3461 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 3462 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ 3463 3464 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3465 if (!n_extra) 3466 { 3467 /* 3468 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. 3469 * After end, check for start/end of next match. 3470 * When another match, have to check for start again. 3471 * Watch out for matching an empty string! 3472 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by 3473 * priority). 3474 */ 3475 v = (long)(ptr - line); 3476 cur = wp->w_match_head; 3477 shl_flag = FALSE; 3478 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 3479 { 3480 if (shl_flag == FALSE 3481 && ((cur != NULL 3482 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 3483 || cur == NULL)) 3484 { 3485 shl = &search_hl; 3486 shl_flag = TRUE; 3487 } 3488 else 3489 shl = &cur->hl; 3490 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) 3491 { 3492 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL 3493 && v >= (long)shl->startcol 3494 && v < (long)shl->endcol) 3495 { 3496 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 3497 } 3498 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) 3499 { 3500 shl->attr_cur = 0; 3501 3502 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v); 3503 3504 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp 3505 * may have made it invalid. */ 3506 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3507 ptr = line + v; 3508 3509 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 3510 { 3511 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 3512 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) 3513 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 3514 else 3515 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3516 3517 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 3518 { 3519 /* highlight empty match, try again after 3520 * it */ 3521 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3522 if (has_mbyte) 3523 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line 3524 + shl->endcol); 3525 else 3526 #endif 3527 ++shl->endcol; 3528 } 3529 3530 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the 3531 * current position */ 3532 continue; 3533 } 3534 } 3535 break; 3536 } 3537 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 3538 cur = cur->next; 3539 } 3540 3541 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among 3542 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ 3543 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; 3544 cur = wp->w_match_head; 3545 shl_flag = FALSE; 3546 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 3547 { 3548 if (shl_flag == FALSE 3549 && ((cur != NULL 3550 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 3551 || cur == NULL)) 3552 { 3553 shl = &search_hl; 3554 shl_flag = TRUE; 3555 } 3556 else 3557 shl = &cur->hl; 3558 if (shl->attr_cur != 0) 3559 search_attr = shl->attr_cur; 3560 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 3561 cur = cur->next; 3562 } 3563 } 3564 #endif 3565 3566 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3567 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) 3568 { 3569 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start 3570 && n_extra == 0) 3571 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 3572 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end 3573 && n_extra == 0) 3574 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 3575 line_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); 3576 } 3577 #endif 3578 3579 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */ 3580 attr_pri = TRUE; 3581 if (area_attr != 0) 3582 char_attr = area_attr; 3583 else if (search_attr != 0) 3584 char_attr = search_attr; 3585 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 3586 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area 3587 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */ 3588 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) 3589 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev 3590 || vcol >= tocol)) 3591 char_attr = line_attr; 3592 #endif 3593 else 3594 { 3595 attr_pri = FALSE; 3596 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3597 if (has_syntax) 3598 char_attr = syntax_attr; 3599 else 3600 #endif 3601 char_attr = 0; 3602 } 3603 } 3604 3605 /* 3606 * Get the next character to put on the screen. 3607 */ 3608 /* 3609 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to 3610 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other 3611 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used. 3612 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past 3613 * "p_extra[n_extra]". 3614 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". 3615 */ 3616 if (n_extra > 0) 3617 { 3618 if (c_extra != NUL) 3619 { 3620 c = c_extra; 3621 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3622 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ 3623 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 3624 { 3625 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 3626 u8cc[0] = 0; 3627 c = 0xc0; 3628 } 3629 else 3630 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3631 #endif 3632 } 3633 else 3634 { 3635 c = *p_extra; 3636 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3637 if (has_mbyte) 3638 { 3639 mb_c = c; 3640 if (enc_utf8) 3641 { 3642 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: 3643 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ 3644 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra); 3645 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3646 if (mb_l > n_extra) 3647 mb_l = 1; 3648 else if (mb_l > 1) 3649 { 3650 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc); 3651 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 3652 c = 0xc0; 3653 } 3654 } 3655 else 3656 { 3657 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ 3658 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 3659 if (mb_l >= n_extra) 3660 mb_l = 1; 3661 else if (mb_l > 1) 3662 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; 3663 } 3664 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 3665 mb_l = 1; 3666 3667 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 3668 * last column. */ 3669 if (( 3670 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3671 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 3672 # endif 3673 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) 3674 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 3675 { 3676 c = '>'; 3677 mb_c = c; 3678 mb_l = 1; 3679 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3680 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3681 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width 3682 * character at the start of the next line. */ 3683 ++n_extra; 3684 --p_extra; 3685 } 3686 else 3687 { 3688 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; 3689 p_extra += mb_l - 1; 3690 } 3691 } 3692 #endif 3693 ++p_extra; 3694 } 3695 --n_extra; 3696 } 3697 else 3698 { 3699 /* 3700 * Get a character from the line itself. 3701 */ 3702 c = *ptr; 3703 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3704 if (has_mbyte) 3705 { 3706 mb_c = c; 3707 if (enc_utf8) 3708 { 3709 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it 3710 * into "mb_c". */ 3711 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3712 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3713 if (mb_l > 1) 3714 { 3715 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 3716 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char 3717 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ 3718 if (mb_c < 0x80) 3719 c = mb_c; 3720 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 3721 3722 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. 3723 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ 3724 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) 3725 { 3726 int i; 3727 3728 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i) 3729 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1]; 3730 u8cc[0] = mb_c; 3731 mb_c = ' '; 3732 } 3733 } 3734 3735 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) 3736 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) 3737 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) 3738 # ifdef UNICODE16 3739 || mb_c >= 0x10000 3740 # endif 3741 ))) 3742 { 3743 /* 3744 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. 3745 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. 3746 */ 3747 # ifdef UNICODE16 3748 if (mb_c < 0x10000) 3749 # endif 3750 { 3751 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); 3752 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3753 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ 3754 rl_mirror(extra); 3755 # endif 3756 } 3757 # ifdef UNICODE16 3758 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) 3759 STRCPY(extra, "?"); 3760 else 3761 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ 3762 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); 3763 # endif 3764 3765 p_extra = extra; 3766 c = *p_extra; 3767 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); 3768 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); 3769 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 3770 c_extra = NUL; 3771 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3772 { 3773 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 3774 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 3775 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 3776 } 3777 } 3778 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 3779 mb_l = 1; 3780 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 3781 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) 3782 { 3783 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 3784 int pc, pc1, nc; 3785 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 3786 3787 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 3788 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 3789 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3790 { 3791 pc = prev_c; 3792 pc1 = prev_c1; 3793 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); 3794 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 3795 } 3796 else 3797 { 3798 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc); 3799 nc = prev_c; 3800 pc1 = pcc[0]; 3801 } 3802 prev_c = mb_c; 3803 3804 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc); 3805 } 3806 else 3807 prev_c = mb_c; 3808 #endif 3809 } 3810 else /* enc_dbcs */ 3811 { 3812 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 3813 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 3814 mb_l = 1; 3815 else if (mb_l > 1) 3816 { 3817 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. 3818 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! 3819 */ 3820 if (ptr[1] >= 32) 3821 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; 3822 else 3823 { 3824 if (ptr[1] == NUL) 3825 { 3826 /* head byte at end of line */ 3827 mb_l = 1; 3828 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); 3829 } 3830 else 3831 { 3832 /* illegal tail byte */ 3833 mb_l = 2; 3834 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); 3835 } 3836 p_extra = extra; 3837 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; 3838 c_extra = NUL; 3839 c = *p_extra++; 3840 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3841 { 3842 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 3843 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 3844 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 3845 } 3846 mb_c = c; 3847 } 3848 } 3849 } 3850 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 3851 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the 3852 * next line. */ 3853 if (( 3854 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3855 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 3856 # endif 3857 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) 3858 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 3859 { 3860 c = '>'; 3861 mb_c = c; 3862 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3863 mb_l = 1; 3864 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3865 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be 3866 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ 3867 --ptr; 3868 } 3869 else if (*ptr != NUL) 3870 ptr += mb_l - 1; 3871 3872 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display 3873 * a '<' in the first column. */ 3874 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1) 3875 { 3876 n_extra = 1; 3877 c_extra = '<'; 3878 c = ' '; 3879 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3880 { 3881 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 3882 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3883 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 3884 } 3885 mb_c = c; 3886 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3887 mb_l = 1; 3888 } 3889 3890 } 3891 #endif 3892 ++ptr; 3893 3894 /* 'list' : change char 160 to lcs_nbsp. */ 3895 if (wp->w_p_list && (c == 160 3896 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3897 || (mb_utf8 && mb_c == 160) 3898 #endif 3899 ) && lcs_nbsp) 3900 { 3901 c = lcs_nbsp; 3902 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 3903 { 3904 n_attr = 1; 3905 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 3906 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 3907 } 3908 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3909 mb_c = c; 3910 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 3911 { 3912 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 3913 u8cc[0] = 0; 3914 c = 0xc0; 3915 } 3916 else 3917 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 3918 #endif 3919 } 3920 3921 if (extra_check) 3922 { 3923 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3924 int can_spell = TRUE; 3925 #endif 3926 3927 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3928 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line 3929 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ 3930 v = (long)(ptr - line); 3931 if (has_syntax && v > 0) 3932 { 3933 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there 3934 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ 3935 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 3936 did_emsg = FALSE; 3937 3938 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, 3939 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3940 has_spell ? &can_spell : 3941 # endif 3942 NULL, FALSE); 3943 3944 if (did_emsg) 3945 { 3946 wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error = TRUE; 3947 has_syntax = FALSE; 3948 } 3949 else 3950 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 3951 3952 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may 3953 * have made it invalid. */ 3954 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3955 ptr = line + v; 3956 3957 if (!attr_pri) 3958 char_attr = syntax_attr; 3959 else 3960 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); 3961 } 3962 #endif 3963 3964 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3965 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). 3966 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the 3967 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item 3968 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ 3969 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) 3970 { 3971 spell_attr = 0; 3972 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3973 if (!attr_pri) 3974 char_attr = syntax_attr; 3975 # endif 3976 if (c != 0 && ( 3977 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3978 !has_syntax || 3979 # endif 3980 can_spell)) 3981 { 3982 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; 3983 int len; 3984 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3985 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3986 if (has_mbyte) 3987 { 3988 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; 3989 v -= mb_l - 1; 3990 } 3991 else 3992 # endif 3993 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; 3994 3995 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the 3996 * next line concatenated. */ 3997 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) 3998 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; 3999 else 4000 p = prev_ptr; 4001 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4002 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col, 4003 nochange); 4004 word_end = v + len; 4005 4006 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that 4007 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ 4008 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT 4009 && (State & INSERT) != 0 4010 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum 4011 && wp->w_cursor.col >= 4012 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) 4013 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) 4014 { 4015 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 4016 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; 4017 } 4018 4019 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr 4020 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) 4021 { 4022 /* Remember that the good word continues at the 4023 * start of the next line. */ 4024 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; 4025 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx); 4026 } 4027 4028 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 4029 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 4030 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 4031 4032 if (cap_col > 0) 4033 { 4034 if (p != prev_ptr 4035 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) 4036 { 4037 /* Remember that the word in the next line 4038 * must start with a capital. */ 4039 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 4040 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col 4041 - nextline_idx); 4042 } 4043 else 4044 /* Compute the actual column. */ 4045 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4046 } 4047 } 4048 } 4049 if (spell_attr != 0) 4050 { 4051 if (!attr_pri) 4052 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); 4053 else 4054 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); 4055 } 4056 #endif 4057 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4058 /* 4059 * Found last space before word: check for line break. 4060 */ 4061 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr) 4062 && !wp->w_p_list) 4063 { 4064 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr - ( 4065 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4066 has_mbyte ? mb_l : 4067 # endif 4068 1), (colnr_T)vcol, NULL) - 1; 4069 c_extra = ' '; 4070 if (vim_iswhite(c)) 4071 c = ' '; 4072 } 4073 #endif 4074 4075 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') 4076 { 4077 c = lcs_trail; 4078 if (!attr_pri) 4079 { 4080 n_attr = 1; 4081 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 4082 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4083 } 4084 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4085 mb_c = c; 4086 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4087 { 4088 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4089 u8cc[0] = 0; 4090 c = 0xc0; 4091 } 4092 else 4093 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4094 #endif 4095 } 4096 } 4097 4098 /* 4099 * Handling of non-printable characters. 4100 */ 4101 if (!(chartab[c & 0xff] & CT_PRINT_CHAR)) 4102 { 4103 /* 4104 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to 4105 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it 4106 * into "ScreenLines". 4107 */ 4108 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) 4109 { 4110 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 4111 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 4112 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 4113 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4114 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4115 #endif 4116 if (wp->w_p_list) 4117 { 4118 c = lcs_tab1; 4119 c_extra = lcs_tab2; 4120 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4121 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 4122 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4123 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4124 mb_c = c; 4125 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4126 { 4127 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4128 u8cc[0] = 0; 4129 c = 0xc0; 4130 } 4131 #endif 4132 } 4133 else 4134 { 4135 c_extra = ' '; 4136 c = ' '; 4137 } 4138 } 4139 else if (c == NUL 4140 && ((wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) 4141 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) 4142 && tocol > vcol 4143 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 4144 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 4145 #endif 4146 && ( 4147 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4148 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 4149 # endif 4150 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))) 4151 && !(noinvcur 4152 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 4153 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 4154 && lcs_eol_one >= 0) 4155 { 4156 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra 4157 * character if the line break is included. */ 4158 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) 4159 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the 4160 * "$". */ 4161 if ( 4162 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4163 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 4164 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 4165 && 4166 # endif 4167 # endif 4168 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 4169 line_attr == 0 4170 # endif 4171 ) 4172 #endif 4173 { 4174 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 4175 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend 4176 * beyond end of line. */ 4177 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() 4178 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) 4179 n_extra = 0; 4180 else 4181 #endif 4182 { 4183 p_extra = at_end_str; 4184 n_extra = 1; 4185 c_extra = NUL; 4186 } 4187 } 4188 if (wp->w_p_list) 4189 c = lcs_eol; 4190 else 4191 c = ' '; 4192 lcs_eol_one = -1; 4193 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 4194 if (!attr_pri) 4195 { 4196 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 4197 n_attr = 1; 4198 } 4199 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4200 mb_c = c; 4201 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4202 { 4203 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4204 u8cc[0] = 0; 4205 c = 0xc0; 4206 } 4207 else 4208 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4209 #endif 4210 } 4211 else if (c != NUL) 4212 { 4213 p_extra = transchar(c); 4214 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4215 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) 4216 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ 4217 #endif 4218 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 4219 c_extra = NUL; 4220 c = *p_extra++; 4221 if (!attr_pri) 4222 { 4223 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4224 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 4225 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4226 } 4227 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4228 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4229 #endif 4230 } 4231 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 4232 else if (VIsual_active 4233 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V 4234 || VIsual_mode == 'v') 4235 && virtual_active() 4236 && tocol != MAXCOL 4237 && vcol < tocol 4238 && ( 4239 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4240 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 4241 # endif 4242 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) 4243 { 4244 c = ' '; 4245 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 4246 } 4247 #endif 4248 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 4249 else if (( 4250 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4251 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 || 4252 # endif 4253 line_attr != 0 4254 ) && ( 4255 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4256 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 4257 # endif 4258 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) 4259 { 4260 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ 4261 c = ' '; 4262 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 4263 4264 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */ 4265 ++did_line_attr; 4266 4267 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */ 4268 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0) 4269 char_attr = line_attr; 4270 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4271 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) 4272 { 4273 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; 4274 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) 4275 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); 4276 } 4277 # endif 4278 } 4279 #endif 4280 } 4281 } 4282 4283 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ 4284 if (n_attr > 0 4285 && draw_state == WL_LINE 4286 && !attr_pri) 4287 char_attr = extra_attr; 4288 4289 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 4290 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send 4291 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use 4292 * im_is_preediting() here. */ 4293 if (xic != NULL 4294 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 4295 && (State & INSERT) 4296 && !p_imdisable 4297 && im_is_preediting() 4298 && draw_state == WL_LINE) 4299 { 4300 colnr_T tcol; 4301 4302 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) 4303 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); 4304 else 4305 tcol = preedit_end_col; 4306 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) 4307 { 4308 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) 4309 { 4310 feedback_col = 0; 4311 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; 4312 } 4313 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); 4314 if (char_attr < 0) 4315 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 4316 feedback_col++; 4317 } 4318 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) 4319 { 4320 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 4321 feedback_old_attr = -1; 4322 feedback_col = 0; 4323 } 4324 } 4325 #endif 4326 /* 4327 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first 4328 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a 4329 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". 4330 */ 4331 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL 4332 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) 4333 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4334 && filler_todo <= 0 4335 #endif 4336 && draw_state > WL_NR 4337 && c != NUL) 4338 { 4339 c = lcs_prec; 4340 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; 4341 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4342 mb_c = c; 4343 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4344 { 4345 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4346 u8cc[0] = 0; 4347 c = 0xc0; 4348 } 4349 else 4350 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4351 #endif 4352 if (!attr_pri) 4353 { 4354 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4355 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ 4356 n_attr3 = 1; 4357 } 4358 } 4359 4360 /* 4361 * At end of the text line or just after the last character. 4362 */ 4363 if (c == NUL 4364 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 4365 || did_line_attr == 1 4366 #endif 4367 ) 4368 { 4369 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 4370 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL); 4371 4372 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */ 4373 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol) 4374 ++prevcol; 4375 #endif 4376 4377 /* invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or 4378 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last 4379 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not 4380 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ 4381 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 4382 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE; 4383 if (prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol) 4384 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; 4385 else 4386 { 4387 cur = wp->w_match_head; 4388 while (cur != NULL) 4389 { 4390 if (prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol) 4391 { 4392 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; 4393 break; 4394 } 4395 cur = cur->next; 4396 } 4397 } 4398 #endif 4399 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one 4400 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol 4401 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 4402 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 4403 || lnum == VIsual.lnum 4404 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 4405 #endif 4406 && c == NUL) 4407 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 4408 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ 4409 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE 4410 # if defined(LINE_ATTR) 4411 && did_line_attr <= 1 4412 # endif 4413 ) 4414 #endif 4415 )) 4416 { 4417 int n = 0; 4418 4419 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4420 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4421 { 4422 if (col < 0) 4423 n = 1; 4424 } 4425 else 4426 #endif 4427 { 4428 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)) 4429 n = -1; 4430 } 4431 if (n != 0) 4432 { 4433 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character 4434 * instead (better than nothing). */ 4435 off += n; 4436 col += n; 4437 } 4438 else 4439 { 4440 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ 4441 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 4442 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4443 if (enc_utf8) 4444 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 4445 #endif 4446 } 4447 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 4448 if (area_attr == 0) 4449 { 4450 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among 4451 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ 4452 char_attr = search_hl.attr; 4453 cur = wp->w_match_head; 4454 shl_flag = FALSE; 4455 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 4456 { 4457 if (shl_flag == FALSE 4458 && ((cur != NULL 4459 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 4460 || cur == NULL)) 4461 { 4462 shl = &search_hl; 4463 shl_flag = TRUE; 4464 } 4465 else 4466 shl = &cur->hl; 4467 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol) 4468 char_attr = shl->attr; 4469 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 4470 cur = cur->next; 4471 } 4472 } 4473 #endif 4474 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 4475 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4476 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4477 { 4478 --col; 4479 --off; 4480 } 4481 else 4482 #endif 4483 { 4484 ++col; 4485 ++off; 4486 } 4487 ++vcol; 4488 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4489 eol_hl_off = 1; 4490 #endif 4491 } 4492 } 4493 4494 /* 4495 * At end of the text line. 4496 */ 4497 if (c == NUL) 4498 { 4499 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4500 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol 4501 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4502 { 4503 /* highlight last char after line */ 4504 --col; 4505 --off; 4506 --vcol; 4507 } 4508 4509 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' past end of the line. */ 4510 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 4511 v = wp->w_skipcol; 4512 else 4513 v = wp->w_leftcol; 4514 /* check if line ends before left margin */ 4515 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp)) 4516 4517 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp); 4518 if (wp->w_p_cuc 4519 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= vcol - eol_hl_off 4520 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1) 4521 + v 4522 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum 4523 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4524 && !wp->w_p_rl 4525 # endif 4526 ) 4527 { 4528 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)) 4529 { 4530 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 4531 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4532 if (enc_utf8) 4533 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 4534 #endif 4535 ++col; 4536 if (vcol == (long)wp->w_virtcol) 4537 { 4538 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_CUC); 4539 break; 4540 } 4541 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0; 4542 ++vcol; 4543 } 4544 } 4545 #endif 4546 4547 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp), 4548 wp->w_p_rl); 4549 row++; 4550 4551 /* 4552 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 4553 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 4554 */ 4555 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 4556 { 4557 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; 4558 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; 4559 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 4560 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; 4561 #endif 4562 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 4563 } 4564 4565 break; 4566 } 4567 4568 /* line continues beyond line end */ 4569 if (lcs_ext 4570 && !wp->w_p_wrap 4571 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4572 && filler_todo <= 0 4573 #endif 4574 && ( 4575 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4576 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : 4577 #endif 4578 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1) 4579 && (*ptr != NUL 4580 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0) 4581 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) 4582 { 4583 c = lcs_ext; 4584 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 4585 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4586 mb_c = c; 4587 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4588 { 4589 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4590 u8cc[0] = 0; 4591 c = 0xc0; 4592 } 4593 else 4594 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4595 #endif 4596 } 4597 4598 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4599 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't 4600 * highlight the cursor position itself. */ 4601 if (wp->w_p_cuc && vcol == (long)wp->w_virtcol 4602 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum 4603 && draw_state == WL_LINE 4604 && !lnum_in_visual_area) 4605 { 4606 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; 4607 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); 4608 } 4609 else 4610 vcol_save_attr = -1; 4611 #endif 4612 4613 /* 4614 * Store character to be displayed. 4615 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. 4616 */ 4617 vcol_prev = vcol; 4618 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) 4619 { 4620 /* 4621 * Store the character. 4622 */ 4623 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 4624 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 4625 { 4626 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ 4627 --off; 4628 --col; 4629 } 4630 #endif 4631 ScreenLines[off] = c; 4632 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4633 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 4634 { 4635 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00) 4636 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e; 4637 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 4638 } 4639 else if (enc_utf8) 4640 { 4641 if (mb_utf8) 4642 { 4643 int i; 4644 4645 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; 4646 if ((c & 0xff) == 0) 4647 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ 4648 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 4649 { 4650 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 4651 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 4652 break; 4653 } 4654 } 4655 else 4656 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 4657 } 4658 if (multi_attr) 4659 { 4660 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; 4661 multi_attr = 0; 4662 } 4663 else 4664 #endif 4665 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 4666 4667 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4668 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 4669 { 4670 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 4671 ++off; 4672 ++col; 4673 if (enc_utf8) 4674 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ 4675 ScreenLines[off] = 0; 4676 else 4677 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ 4678 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 4679 ++vcol; 4680 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of 4681 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ 4682 if (tocol == vcol) 4683 ++tocol; 4684 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4685 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4686 { 4687 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ 4688 --off; 4689 --col; 4690 } 4691 #endif 4692 } 4693 #endif 4694 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4695 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4696 { 4697 --off; 4698 --col; 4699 } 4700 else 4701 #endif 4702 { 4703 ++off; 4704 ++col; 4705 } 4706 } 4707 else 4708 --n_skip; 4709 4710 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' column. */ 4711 if (draw_state > WL_NR 4712 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4713 && filler_todo <= 0 4714 #endif 4715 ) 4716 ++vcol; 4717 4718 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4719 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0) 4720 char_attr = vcol_save_attr; 4721 #endif 4722 4723 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ 4724 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) 4725 char_attr = saved_attr3; 4726 4727 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ 4728 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) 4729 char_attr = saved_attr2; 4730 4731 /* 4732 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line 4733 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above. 4734 */ 4735 if (( 4736 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4737 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : 4738 #endif 4739 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))) 4740 && (*ptr != NUL 4741 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4742 || filler_todo > 0 4743 #endif 4744 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) 4745 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) 4746 ) 4747 { 4748 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp), 4749 wp->w_p_rl); 4750 ++row; 4751 ++screen_row; 4752 4753 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed 4754 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ 4755 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap 4756 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4757 && filler_todo <= 0 4758 #endif 4759 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) 4760 break; 4761 4762 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ 4763 if (draw_state != WL_LINE 4764 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4765 && filler_todo <= 0 4766 #endif 4767 ) 4768 { 4769 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 4770 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 4771 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 4772 #endif 4773 row = endrow; 4774 } 4775 4776 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ 4777 if (row == endrow) 4778 { 4779 ++row; 4780 break; 4781 } 4782 4783 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 4784 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4785 && filler_todo <= 0 4786 #endif 4787 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns) 4788 { 4789 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ 4790 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; 4791 4792 /* 4793 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with 4794 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of 4795 * the line. This will work with all terminal types 4796 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). 4797 * Only do this on a fast tty. 4798 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line 4799 * (something has been written in it). 4800 * Don't do this for the GUI. 4801 * Don't do this for double-width characters. 4802 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. 4803 */ 4804 if (p_tf 4805 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4806 && !gui.in_use 4807 #endif 4808 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4809 && !(has_mbyte 4810 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row], 4811 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 4812 == 2 4813 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 4814 + (int)Columns - 2, 4815 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 4816 == 2)) 4817 #endif 4818 ) 4819 { 4820 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, 4821 * then output the same character again to let the 4822 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't 4823 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ 4824 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp)) 4825 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 4826 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, 4827 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); 4828 4829 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4830 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a 4831 * space to keep it simple. */ 4832 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ 4833 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) 4834 out_char(' '); 4835 else 4836 #endif 4837 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 4838 + (Columns - 1)]); 4839 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ 4840 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; 4841 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 4842 } 4843 } 4844 4845 col = 0; 4846 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 4847 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4848 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4849 { 4850 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ 4851 off += col; 4852 } 4853 #endif 4854 4855 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ 4856 draw_state = WL_START; 4857 saved_n_extra = n_extra; 4858 saved_p_extra = p_extra; 4859 saved_c_extra = c_extra; 4860 saved_char_attr = char_attr; 4861 n_extra = 0; 4862 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; 4863 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4864 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4865 if (filler_todo <= 0) 4866 # endif 4867 need_showbreak = TRUE; 4868 #endif 4869 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4870 --filler_todo; 4871 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the 4872 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ 4873 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) 4874 break; 4875 #endif 4876 } 4877 4878 } /* for every character in the line */ 4879 4880 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4881 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ 4882 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) 4883 { 4884 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 4885 cap_col = 0; 4886 } 4887 #endif 4888 4889 return row; 4890 } 4891 4892 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4893 static int comp_char_differs __ARGS((int, int)); 4894 4895 /* 4896 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ. 4897 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0. 4898 */ 4899 static int 4900 comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to) 4901 int off_from; 4902 int off_to; 4903 { 4904 int i; 4905 4906 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 4907 { 4908 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to]) 4909 return TRUE; 4910 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0) 4911 break; 4912 } 4913 return FALSE; 4914 } 4915 #endif 4916 4917 /* 4918 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: 4919 * - the (first byte of the) character is different 4920 * - the attributes are different 4921 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different 4922 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs. 4923 */ 4924 static int 4925 char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, cols) 4926 int off_from; 4927 int off_to; 4928 int cols; 4929 { 4930 if (cols > 0 4931 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] 4932 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 4933 4934 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4935 || (enc_dbcs != 0 4936 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 4937 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e 4938 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] 4939 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 4940 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 4941 || (enc_utf8 4942 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 4943 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 4944 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)) 4945 || (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 4946 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 4947 #endif 4948 )) 4949 return TRUE; 4950 return FALSE; 4951 } 4952 4953 /* 4954 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that 4955 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. 4956 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. 4957 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. 4958 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line 4959 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. 4960 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: 4961 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" 4962 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" 4963 */ 4964 static void 4965 screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width 4966 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4967 , rlflag 4968 #endif 4969 ) 4970 int row; 4971 int coloff; 4972 int endcol; 4973 int clear_width; 4974 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4975 int rlflag; 4976 #endif 4977 { 4978 unsigned off_from; 4979 unsigned off_to; 4980 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4981 unsigned max_off_from; 4982 unsigned max_off_to; 4983 #endif 4984 int col = 0; 4985 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) 4986 int hl; 4987 #endif 4988 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ 4989 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ 4990 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4991 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ 4992 #endif 4993 ; 4994 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ 4995 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4996 int clear_next = FALSE; 4997 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ 4998 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ 4999 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells 5000 #else 5001 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 5002 #endif 5003 5004 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 5005 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); 5006 # endif 5007 5008 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 5009 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; 5010 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5011 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns; 5012 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 5013 #endif 5014 5015 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5016 if (rlflag) 5017 { 5018 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ 5019 if (clear_width > 0) 5020 { 5021 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 5022 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 5023 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5024 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 5025 # endif 5026 ) 5027 { 5028 ++off_to; 5029 ++col; 5030 } 5031 if (col <= endcol) 5032 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, 5033 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); 5034 } 5035 col = endcol + 1; 5036 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; 5037 off_from += col; 5038 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); 5039 } 5040 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ 5041 5042 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); 5043 5044 while (col < endcol) 5045 { 5046 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5047 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) 5048 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from); 5049 else 5050 char_cells = 1; 5051 #endif 5052 5053 redraw_this = redraw_next; 5054 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, 5055 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); 5056 5057 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5058 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to 5059 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only 5060 * happens in the GUI. 5061 */ 5062 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) 5063 { 5064 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; 5065 if (hl > HL_ALL) 5066 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 5067 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 5068 redraw_this = TRUE; 5069 } 5070 #endif 5071 5072 if (redraw_this) 5073 { 5074 /* 5075 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): 5076 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the 5077 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The 5078 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the 5079 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must 5080 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted 5081 * character. 5082 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need 5083 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it 5084 * completely. 5085 */ 5086 if ( p_wiv 5087 && !force 5088 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5089 && !gui.in_use 5090 #endif 5091 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 5092 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 5093 { 5094 /* 5095 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. 5096 */ 5097 windgoto(row, col + coloff); 5098 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ 5099 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 5100 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ 5101 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ 5102 5103 /* 5104 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop 5105 * highlighting at this character. 5106 */ 5107 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) 5108 { 5109 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; 5110 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); 5111 screen_stop_highlight(); 5112 } 5113 else 5114 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ 5115 } 5116 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5117 if (enc_dbcs != 0) 5118 { 5119 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or 5120 * the other way around requires another character to be 5121 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing 5122 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ 5123 if (char_cells == 1 5124 && col + 1 < endcol 5125 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 5126 { 5127 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell 5128 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ 5129 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; 5130 redraw_next = TRUE; 5131 } 5132 else if (char_cells == 2 5133 && col + 2 < endcol 5134 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 5135 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1) 5136 { 5137 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over 5138 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second 5139 * cell. */ 5140 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; 5141 redraw_next = TRUE; 5142 } 5143 5144 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 5145 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; 5146 } 5147 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width 5148 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out 5149 * the right halve of the old character. 5150 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width 5151 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ 5152 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol 5153 && ((char_cells == 1 5154 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 5155 || (char_cells == 2 5156 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 5157 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1))) 5158 clear_next = TRUE; 5159 #endif 5160 5161 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; 5162 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5163 if (enc_utf8) 5164 { 5165 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; 5166 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) 5167 { 5168 int i; 5169 5170 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 5171 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from]; 5172 } 5173 } 5174 if (char_cells == 2) 5175 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; 5176 #endif 5177 5178 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 5179 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the 5180 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next 5181 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 5182 * and for some xterms. */ 5183 if ( 5184 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 5185 gui.in_use 5186 # endif 5187 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 5188 || 5189 # endif 5190 # ifdef UNIX 5191 term_is_xterm 5192 # endif 5193 ) 5194 { 5195 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 5196 if (hl > HL_ALL) 5197 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 5198 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 5199 redraw_next = TRUE; 5200 } 5201 #endif 5202 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 5203 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5204 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a 5205 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */ 5206 if (char_cells == 2) 5207 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 5208 5209 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) 5210 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); 5211 else 5212 #endif 5213 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 5214 } 5215 else if ( p_wiv 5216 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5217 && !gui.in_use 5218 #endif 5219 && col + coloff > 0) 5220 { 5221 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) 5222 { 5223 /* 5224 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will 5225 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. 5226 */ 5227 screen_attr = 0; 5228 } 5229 else if (screen_attr != 0) 5230 screen_stop_highlight(); 5231 } 5232 5233 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; 5234 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; 5235 col += CHAR_CELLS; 5236 } 5237 5238 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5239 if (clear_next) 5240 { 5241 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left 5242 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ 5243 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; 5244 if (enc_utf8) 5245 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 5246 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 5247 } 5248 #endif 5249 5250 if (clear_width > 0 5251 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5252 && !rlflag 5253 #endif 5254 ) 5255 { 5256 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5257 int startCol = col; 5258 #endif 5259 5260 /* blank out the rest of the line */ 5261 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 5262 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 5263 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5264 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 5265 #endif 5266 ) 5267 { 5268 ++off_to; 5269 ++col; 5270 } 5271 if (col < clear_width) 5272 { 5273 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5274 /* 5275 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels 5276 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold 5277 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous 5278 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we 5279 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. 5280 */ 5281 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this)) 5282 { 5283 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 5284 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) 5285 { 5286 int prev_cells = 1; 5287 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5288 if (enc_utf8) 5289 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means 5290 * that its width is 2. */ 5291 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1; 5292 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 5293 { 5294 /* find previous character by counting from first 5295 * column and get its width. */ 5296 unsigned off = LineOffset[row]; 5297 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 5298 5299 while (off < off_to) 5300 { 5301 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off); 5302 off += prev_cells; 5303 } 5304 } 5305 5306 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1) 5307 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row, 5308 col + coloff - prev_cells); 5309 else 5310 # endif 5311 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row, 5312 col + coloff - prev_cells); 5313 } 5314 } 5315 #endif 5316 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, 5317 ' ', ' ', 0); 5318 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5319 off_to += clear_width - col; 5320 col = clear_width; 5321 #endif 5322 } 5323 } 5324 5325 if (clear_width > 0) 5326 { 5327 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5328 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ 5329 if (col + coloff < Columns) 5330 { 5331 int c; 5332 5333 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 5334 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != c 5335 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5336 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 5337 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 5338 # endif 5339 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) 5340 { 5341 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; 5342 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; 5343 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5344 if (enc_utf8) 5345 { 5346 if (c >= 0x80) 5347 { 5348 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; 5349 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0; 5350 } 5351 else 5352 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 5353 } 5354 # endif 5355 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 5356 } 5357 } 5358 else 5359 #endif 5360 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 5361 } 5362 } 5363 5364 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) 5365 /* 5366 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. 5367 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). 5368 */ 5369 void 5370 rl_mirror(str) 5371 char_u *str; 5372 { 5373 char_u *p1, *p2; 5374 int t; 5375 5376 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) 5377 { 5378 t = *p1; 5379 *p1 = *p2; 5380 *p2 = t; 5381 } 5382 } 5383 #endif 5384 5385 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) 5386 /* 5387 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd 5388 */ 5389 void 5390 status_redraw_all() 5391 { 5392 win_T *wp; 5393 5394 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 5395 if (wp->w_status_height) 5396 { 5397 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 5398 redraw_later(VALID); 5399 } 5400 } 5401 5402 /* 5403 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw 5404 */ 5405 void 5406 status_redraw_curbuf() 5407 { 5408 win_T *wp; 5409 5410 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 5411 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) 5412 { 5413 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 5414 redraw_later(VALID); 5415 } 5416 } 5417 5418 /* 5419 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. 5420 */ 5421 void 5422 redraw_statuslines() 5423 { 5424 win_T *wp; 5425 5426 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) 5427 if (wp->w_redr_status) 5428 win_redr_status(wp); 5429 if (redraw_tabline) 5430 draw_tabline(); 5431 } 5432 #endif 5433 5434 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO) 5435 /* 5436 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". 5437 */ 5438 void 5439 win_redraw_last_status(frp) 5440 frame_T *frp; 5441 { 5442 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) 5443 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; 5444 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) 5445 { 5446 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) 5447 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 5448 } 5449 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ 5450 { 5451 frp = frp->fr_child; 5452 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) 5453 frp = frp->fr_next; 5454 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 5455 } 5456 } 5457 #endif 5458 5459 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5460 /* 5461 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". 5462 */ 5463 static void 5464 draw_vsep_win(wp, row) 5465 win_T *wp; 5466 int row; 5467 { 5468 int hl; 5469 int c; 5470 5471 if (wp->w_vsep_width) 5472 { 5473 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 5474 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 5475 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 5476 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, 5477 c, ' ', hl); 5478 } 5479 } 5480 #endif 5481 5482 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 5483 static int status_match_len __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); 5484 static int skip_status_match_char __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); 5485 5486 /* 5487 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line. 5488 */ 5489 static int 5490 status_match_len(xp, s) 5491 expand_T *xp; 5492 char_u *s; 5493 { 5494 int len = 0; 5495 5496 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 5497 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 5498 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 5499 5500 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ 5501 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 5502 return 1; 5503 #endif 5504 5505 while (*s != NUL) 5506 { 5507 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 5508 len += ptr2cells(s); 5509 mb_ptr_adv(s); 5510 } 5511 5512 return len; 5513 } 5514 5515 /* 5516 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match. 5517 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. 5518 */ 5519 static int 5520 skip_status_match_char(xp, s) 5521 expand_T *xp; 5522 char_u *s; 5523 { 5524 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) 5525 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 5526 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 5527 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) 5528 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) 5529 #endif 5530 ) 5531 { 5532 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME 5533 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!') 5534 return 2; 5535 #endif 5536 return 1; 5537 } 5538 return 0; 5539 } 5540 5541 /* 5542 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. 5543 * Show at least the "match" item. 5544 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. 5545 * 5546 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 5547 */ 5548 void 5549 win_redr_status_matches(xp, num_matches, matches, match, showtail) 5550 expand_T *xp; 5551 int num_matches; 5552 char_u **matches; /* list of matches */ 5553 int match; 5554 int showtail; 5555 { 5556 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) 5557 int row; 5558 char_u *buf; 5559 int len; 5560 int clen; /* length in screen cells */ 5561 int fillchar; 5562 int attr; 5563 int i; 5564 int highlight = TRUE; 5565 char_u *selstart = NULL; 5566 int selstart_col = 0; 5567 char_u *selend = NULL; 5568 static int first_match = 0; 5569 int add_left = FALSE; 5570 char_u *s; 5571 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 5572 int emenu; 5573 #endif 5574 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) 5575 int l; 5576 #endif 5577 5578 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ 5579 return; 5580 5581 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5582 if (has_mbyte) 5583 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); 5584 else 5585 #endif 5586 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); 5587 if (buf == NULL) 5588 return; 5589 5590 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ 5591 { 5592 match = 0; 5593 highlight = FALSE; 5594 } 5595 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ 5596 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; 5597 if (match == 0) 5598 first_match = 0; 5599 else if (match < first_match) 5600 { 5601 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ 5602 first_match = match; 5603 add_left = TRUE; 5604 } 5605 else 5606 { 5607 /* check if match fits on the screen */ 5608 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) 5609 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 5610 if (first_match > 0) 5611 clen += 2; 5612 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ 5613 if ((long)clen > Columns) 5614 { 5615 first_match = match; 5616 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ 5617 clen = 2; 5618 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) 5619 { 5620 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 5621 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 5622 break; 5623 } 5624 if (i == num_matches) 5625 add_left = TRUE; 5626 } 5627 } 5628 if (add_left) 5629 while (first_match > 0) 5630 { 5631 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; 5632 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 5633 break; 5634 --first_match; 5635 } 5636 5637 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE); 5638 5639 if (first_match == 0) 5640 { 5641 *buf = NUL; 5642 len = 0; 5643 } 5644 else 5645 { 5646 STRCPY(buf, "< "); 5647 len = 2; 5648 } 5649 clen = len; 5650 5651 i = first_match; 5652 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) 5653 { 5654 if (i == match) 5655 { 5656 selstart = buf + len; 5657 selstart_col = clen; 5658 } 5659 5660 s = L_MATCH(i); 5661 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ 5662 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 5663 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 5664 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 5665 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 5666 { 5667 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); 5668 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 5669 len += l; 5670 clen += l; 5671 } 5672 else 5673 #endif 5674 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) 5675 { 5676 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 5677 clen += ptr2cells(s); 5678 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5679 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) 5680 { 5681 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); 5682 s += l - 1; 5683 len += l; 5684 } 5685 else 5686 #endif 5687 { 5688 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); 5689 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 5690 } 5691 } 5692 if (i == match) 5693 selend = buf + len; 5694 5695 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 5696 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 5697 clen += 2; 5698 if (++i == num_matches) 5699 break; 5700 } 5701 5702 if (i != num_matches) 5703 { 5704 *(buf + len++) = '>'; 5705 ++clen; 5706 } 5707 5708 buf[len] = NUL; 5709 5710 row = cmdline_row - 1; 5711 if (row >= 0) 5712 { 5713 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) 5714 { 5715 if (msg_scrolled > 0) 5716 { 5717 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is 5718 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ 5719 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) 5720 { 5721 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL); 5722 ++msg_scrolled; 5723 } 5724 else 5725 { 5726 ++cmdline_row; 5727 ++row; 5728 } 5729 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; 5730 } 5731 else 5732 { 5733 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. 5734 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is 5735 * resized. */ 5736 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 5737 { 5738 save_p_ls = p_ls; 5739 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; 5740 p_ls = 2; 5741 p_wmh = 0; 5742 last_status(FALSE); 5743 } 5744 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; 5745 } 5746 } 5747 5748 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); 5749 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) 5750 { 5751 *selend = NUL; 5752 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM)); 5753 } 5754 5755 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); 5756 } 5757 5758 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5759 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); 5760 #else 5761 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 5762 #endif 5763 vim_free(buf); 5764 } 5765 #endif 5766 5767 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) 5768 /* 5769 * Redraw the status line of window wp. 5770 * 5771 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 5772 */ 5773 void 5774 win_redr_status(wp) 5775 win_T *wp; 5776 { 5777 int row; 5778 char_u *p; 5779 int len; 5780 int fillchar; 5781 int attr; 5782 int this_ru_col; 5783 static int busy = FALSE; 5784 5785 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly) 5786 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */ 5787 if (busy) 5788 return; 5789 busy = TRUE; 5790 5791 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; 5792 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) 5793 { 5794 /* no status line, can only be last window */ 5795 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 5796 } 5797 else if (!redrawing() 5798 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 5799 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be 5800 * drawn over it */ 5801 || pum_visible() 5802 #endif 5803 ) 5804 { 5805 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 5806 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 5807 } 5808 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 5809 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 5810 { 5811 /* redraw custom status line */ 5812 redraw_custom_statusline(wp); 5813 } 5814 #endif 5815 else 5816 { 5817 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 5818 5819 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer); 5820 p = NameBuff; 5821 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 5822 5823 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help 5824 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 5825 || wp->w_p_pvw 5826 #endif 5827 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) 5828 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 5829 *(p + len++) = ' '; 5830 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help) 5831 { 5832 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]")); 5833 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 5834 } 5835 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 5836 if (wp->w_p_pvw) 5837 { 5838 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); 5839 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 5840 } 5841 #endif 5842 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) 5843 { 5844 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); 5845 len += 3; 5846 } 5847 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 5848 { 5849 STRCPY(p + len, "[RO]"); 5850 len += 4; 5851 } 5852 5853 #ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5854 this_ru_col = ru_col; 5855 if (this_ru_col < (Columns + 1) / 2) 5856 this_ru_col = (Columns + 1) / 2; 5857 #else 5858 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); 5859 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) 5860 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; 5861 if (this_ru_col <= 1) 5862 { 5863 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ 5864 len = 1; 5865 } 5866 else 5867 #endif 5868 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5869 if (has_mbyte) 5870 { 5871 int clen = 0, i; 5872 5873 /* Count total number of display cells. */ 5874 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) 5875 clen += (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); 5876 /* Find first character that will fit. 5877 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ 5878 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; 5879 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) 5880 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); 5881 len = clen; 5882 if (i > 0) 5883 { 5884 p = p + i - 1; 5885 *p = '<'; 5886 ++len; 5887 } 5888 5889 } 5890 else 5891 #endif 5892 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) 5893 { 5894 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); 5895 *p = '<'; 5896 len = this_ru_col - 1; 5897 } 5898 5899 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 5900 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr); 5901 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp), 5902 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr); 5903 5904 if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL) 5905 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) 5906 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) 5907 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr); 5908 5909 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 5910 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE); 5911 #endif 5912 } 5913 5914 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5915 /* 5916 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. 5917 */ 5918 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) 5919 { 5920 if (stl_connected(wp)) 5921 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 5922 else 5923 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); 5924 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), 5925 attr); 5926 } 5927 #endif 5928 busy = FALSE; 5929 } 5930 5931 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 5932 /* 5933 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any 5934 * errors encountered. 5935 */ 5936 static void 5937 redraw_custom_statusline(wp) 5938 win_T *wp; 5939 { 5940 static int entered = FALSE; 5941 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; 5942 5943 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline 5944 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */ 5945 if (entered) 5946 return; 5947 entered = TRUE; 5948 5949 called_emsg = FALSE; 5950 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); 5951 if (called_emsg) 5952 { 5953 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the 5954 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem 5955 * again and again. */ 5956 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1, 5957 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL 5958 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR); 5959 } 5960 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; 5961 entered = FALSE; 5962 } 5963 #endif 5964 5965 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 5966 /* 5967 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status 5968 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. 5969 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). 5970 */ 5971 int 5972 stl_connected(wp) 5973 win_T *wp; 5974 { 5975 frame_T *fr; 5976 5977 fr = wp->w_frame; 5978 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) 5979 { 5980 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) 5981 { 5982 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 5983 break; 5984 } 5985 else 5986 { 5987 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 5988 return TRUE; 5989 } 5990 fr = fr->fr_parent; 5991 } 5992 return FALSE; 5993 } 5994 # endif 5995 5996 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ 5997 5998 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 5999 /* 6000 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. 6001 */ 6002 int 6003 get_keymap_str(wp, buf, len) 6004 win_T *wp; 6005 char_u *buf; /* buffer for the result */ 6006 int len; /* length of buffer */ 6007 { 6008 char_u *p; 6009 6010 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) 6011 return FALSE; 6012 6013 { 6014 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 6015 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; 6016 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 6017 char_u *s; 6018 6019 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; 6020 curwin = wp; 6021 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ 6022 ++emsg_skip; 6023 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE); 6024 --emsg_skip; 6025 curbuf = old_curbuf; 6026 curwin = old_curwin; 6027 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) 6028 #endif 6029 { 6030 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 6031 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) 6032 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; 6033 else 6034 #endif 6035 p = (char_u *)"lang"; 6036 } 6037 if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len) 6038 sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p); 6039 else 6040 buf[0] = NUL; 6041 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 6042 vim_free(s); 6043 #endif 6044 } 6045 return buf[0] != NUL; 6046 } 6047 #endif 6048 6049 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 6050 /* 6051 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp". 6052 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'. 6053 */ 6054 static void 6055 win_redr_custom(wp, draw_ruler) 6056 win_T *wp; 6057 int draw_ruler; /* TRUE or FALSE */ 6058 { 6059 int attr; 6060 int curattr; 6061 int row; 6062 int col = 0; 6063 int maxwidth; 6064 int width; 6065 int n; 6066 int len; 6067 int fillchar; 6068 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; 6069 char_u *stl; 6070 char_u *p; 6071 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 6072 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 6073 int use_sandbox = FALSE; 6074 6075 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ 6076 if (wp == NULL) 6077 { 6078 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */ 6079 stl = p_tal; 6080 row = 0; 6081 fillchar = ' '; 6082 attr = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); 6083 maxwidth = Columns; 6084 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 6085 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0); 6086 # endif 6087 } 6088 else 6089 { 6090 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 6091 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 6092 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); 6093 6094 if (draw_ruler) 6095 { 6096 stl = p_ruf; 6097 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ 6098 if (*stl == '%') 6099 { 6100 if (*++stl == '-') 6101 stl++; 6102 if (atoi((char *)stl)) 6103 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl)) 6104 stl++; 6105 if (*stl++ != '(') 6106 stl = p_ruf; 6107 } 6108 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 6109 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); 6110 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) 6111 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; 6112 #else 6113 col = ru_col; 6114 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2) 6115 col = (Columns + 1) / 2; 6116 #endif 6117 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 6118 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6119 if (!wp->w_status_height) 6120 #endif 6121 { 6122 row = Rows - 1; 6123 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ 6124 fillchar = ' '; 6125 attr = 0; 6126 } 6127 6128 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 6129 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0); 6130 # endif 6131 } 6132 else 6133 { 6134 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 6135 stl = wp->w_p_stl; 6136 else 6137 stl = p_stl; 6138 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 6139 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline", 6140 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL); 6141 # endif 6142 } 6143 6144 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 6145 col += W_WINCOL(wp); 6146 #endif 6147 } 6148 6149 if (maxwidth <= 0) 6150 return; 6151 6152 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that 6153 * might change the option value and free the memory. */ 6154 stl = vim_strsave(stl); 6155 width = build_stl_str_hl(wp == NULL ? curwin : wp, 6156 buf, sizeof(buf), 6157 stl, use_sandbox, 6158 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab); 6159 vim_free(stl); 6160 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); 6161 6162 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1) 6163 { 6164 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6165 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); 6166 #else 6167 buf[len++] = fillchar; 6168 #endif 6169 ++width; 6170 } 6171 buf[len] = NUL; 6172 6173 /* 6174 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting. 6175 */ 6176 curattr = attr; 6177 p = buf; 6178 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++) 6179 { 6180 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p); 6181 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); 6182 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); 6183 p = hltab[n].start; 6184 6185 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0) 6186 curattr = attr; 6187 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0) 6188 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl); 6189 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6190 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) 6191 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 6192 #endif 6193 else 6194 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 6195 } 6196 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); 6197 6198 if (wp == NULL) 6199 { 6200 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */ 6201 col = 0; 6202 len = 0; 6203 p = buf; 6204 fillchar = 0; 6205 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++) 6206 { 6207 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p)); 6208 while (col < len) 6209 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 6210 p = tabtab[n].start; 6211 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl; 6212 } 6213 while (col < Columns) 6214 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 6215 } 6216 } 6217 6218 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ 6219 6220 /* 6221 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. 6222 */ 6223 void 6224 screen_putchar(c, row, col, attr) 6225 int c; 6226 int row, col; 6227 int attr; 6228 { 6229 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6230 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 6231 6232 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 6233 #else 6234 char_u buf[2]; 6235 6236 buf[0] = c; 6237 buf[1] = NUL; 6238 #endif 6239 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); 6240 } 6241 6242 /* 6243 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". 6244 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; 6245 */ 6246 void 6247 screen_getbytes(row, col, bytes, attrp) 6248 int row, col; 6249 char_u *bytes; 6250 int *attrp; 6251 { 6252 unsigned off; 6253 6254 /* safety check */ 6255 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) 6256 { 6257 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 6258 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; 6259 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 6260 bytes[1] = NUL; 6261 6262 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6263 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 6264 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; 6265 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 6266 { 6267 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 6268 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; 6269 bytes[2] = NUL; 6270 } 6271 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) 6272 { 6273 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; 6274 bytes[2] = NUL; 6275 } 6276 #endif 6277 } 6278 } 6279 6280 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6281 static int screen_comp_differs __ARGS((int, int*)); 6282 6283 /* 6284 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from 6285 * composing characters in "u8cc". 6286 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0. 6287 */ 6288 static int 6289 screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc) 6290 int off; 6291 int *u8cc; 6292 { 6293 int i; 6294 6295 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 6296 { 6297 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i]) 6298 return TRUE; 6299 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 6300 break; 6301 } 6302 return FALSE; 6303 } 6304 #endif 6305 6306 /* 6307 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with 6308 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. 6309 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! 6310 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. 6311 */ 6312 void 6313 screen_puts(text, row, col, attr) 6314 char_u *text; 6315 int row; 6316 int col; 6317 int attr; 6318 { 6319 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); 6320 } 6321 6322 /* 6323 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to 6324 * a NUL. 6325 */ 6326 void 6327 screen_puts_len(text, len, row, col, attr) 6328 char_u *text; 6329 int len; 6330 int row; 6331 int col; 6332 int attr; 6333 { 6334 unsigned off; 6335 char_u *ptr = text; 6336 int c; 6337 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6338 unsigned max_off; 6339 int mbyte_blen = 1; 6340 int mbyte_cells = 1; 6341 int u8c = 0; 6342 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 6343 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; 6344 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 6345 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 6346 int pc, nc, nc1; 6347 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 6348 # endif 6349 #endif 6350 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6351 int force_redraw_this; 6352 int force_redraw_next = FALSE; 6353 #endif 6354 int need_redraw; 6355 6356 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 6357 return; 6358 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 6359 6360 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6361 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the 6362 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */ 6363 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns 6364 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 6365 && !gui.in_use 6366 # endif 6367 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col) 6368 { 6369 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' '; 6370 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0; 6371 if (enc_utf8) 6372 { 6373 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0; 6374 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0; 6375 } 6376 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */ 6377 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1); 6378 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */ 6379 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 6380 } 6381 #endif 6382 6383 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6384 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 6385 #endif 6386 while (col < screen_Columns 6387 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len) 6388 && *ptr != NUL) 6389 { 6390 c = *ptr; 6391 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6392 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ 6393 if (has_mbyte) 6394 { 6395 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) 6396 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 6397 else 6398 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 6399 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 6400 mbyte_cells = 1; 6401 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 6402 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; 6403 else /* enc_utf8 */ 6404 { 6405 if (len >= 0) 6406 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc, 6407 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 6408 else 6409 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 6410 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); 6411 # ifdef UNICODE16 6412 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 6413 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 6414 { 6415 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 6416 if (attr == 0) 6417 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 6418 } 6419 # endif 6420 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 6421 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 6422 { 6423 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 6424 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) 6425 { 6426 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ 6427 nc = NUL; 6428 nc1 = NUL; 6429 } 6430 else 6431 { 6432 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc, 6433 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen)); 6434 nc1 = pcc[0]; 6435 } 6436 pc = prev_c; 6437 prev_c = u8c; 6438 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc); 6439 } 6440 else 6441 prev_c = u8c; 6442 # endif 6443 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns) 6444 { 6445 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells: 6446 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */ 6447 c = '>'; 6448 mbyte_cells = 1; 6449 } 6450 } 6451 } 6452 #endif 6453 6454 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6455 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next; 6456 force_redraw_next = FALSE; 6457 #endif 6458 6459 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c 6460 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6461 || (mbyte_cells == 2 6462 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) 6463 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 6464 && c == 0x8e 6465 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) 6466 || (enc_utf8 6467 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 6468 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c) 6469 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0 6470 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))) 6471 #endif 6472 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 6473 || exmode_active; 6474 6475 if (need_redraw 6476 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6477 || force_redraw_this 6478 #endif 6479 ) 6480 { 6481 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6482 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next 6483 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next 6484 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 6485 * and for some xterms. */ 6486 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && ( 6487 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 6488 gui.in_use 6489 # endif 6490 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 6491 || 6492 # endif 6493 # ifdef UNIX 6494 term_is_xterm 6495 # endif 6496 )) 6497 { 6498 int n = ScreenAttrs[off]; 6499 6500 if (n > HL_ALL) 6501 n = syn_attr2attr(n); 6502 if (n & HL_BOLD) 6503 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 6504 } 6505 #endif 6506 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6507 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell 6508 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next 6509 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char 6510 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once 6511 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ 6512 if (clear_next_cell) 6513 clear_next_cell = FALSE; 6514 else if (has_mbyte 6515 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL 6516 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) 6517 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 6518 || (mbyte_cells == 2 6519 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 6520 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 6521 clear_next_cell = TRUE; 6522 6523 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, 6524 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ 6525 if (enc_dbcs 6526 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 6527 || (mbyte_cells == 2 6528 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 6529 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 6530 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; 6531 #endif 6532 ScreenLines[off] = c; 6533 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 6534 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6535 if (enc_utf8) 6536 { 6537 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 6538 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 6539 else 6540 { 6541 int i; 6542 6543 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; 6544 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 6545 { 6546 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 6547 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 6548 break; 6549 } 6550 } 6551 if (mbyte_cells == 2) 6552 { 6553 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; 6554 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 6555 } 6556 screen_char(off, row, col); 6557 } 6558 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) 6559 { 6560 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; 6561 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 6562 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 6563 } 6564 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 6565 { 6566 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; 6567 screen_char(off, row, col); 6568 } 6569 else 6570 #endif 6571 screen_char(off, row, col); 6572 } 6573 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6574 if (has_mbyte) 6575 { 6576 off += mbyte_cells; 6577 col += mbyte_cells; 6578 ptr += mbyte_blen; 6579 if (clear_next_cell) 6580 ptr = (char_u *)" "; 6581 } 6582 else 6583 #endif 6584 { 6585 ++off; 6586 ++col; 6587 ++ptr; 6588 } 6589 } 6590 6591 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6592 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text 6593 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */ 6594 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns) 6595 { 6596 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6597 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1) 6598 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 6599 else 6600 # endif 6601 screen_char(off, row, col); 6602 } 6603 #endif 6604 } 6605 6606 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 6607 /* 6608 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 6609 */ 6610 static void 6611 start_search_hl() 6612 { 6613 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) 6614 { 6615 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); 6616 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); 6617 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 6618 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 6619 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm); 6620 # endif 6621 } 6622 } 6623 6624 /* 6625 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 6626 */ 6627 static void 6628 end_search_hl() 6629 { 6630 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) 6631 { 6632 vim_free(search_hl.rm.regprog); 6633 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 6634 } 6635 } 6636 6637 /* 6638 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. 6639 */ 6640 static void 6641 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum) 6642 win_T *wp; 6643 linenr_T lnum; 6644 { 6645 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 6646 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 6647 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl 6648 has been processed or not */ 6649 int n; 6650 6651 /* 6652 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top 6653 * of the window or just after a closed fold. 6654 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list. 6655 */ 6656 cur = wp->w_match_head; 6657 shl_flag = FALSE; 6658 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 6659 { 6660 if (shl_flag == FALSE) 6661 { 6662 shl = &search_hl; 6663 shl_flag = TRUE; 6664 } 6665 else 6666 shl = &cur->hl; 6667 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 6668 && shl->lnum == 0 6669 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) 6670 { 6671 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) 6672 { 6673 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6674 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; 6675 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) 6676 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, 6677 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) 6678 break; 6679 # else 6680 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; 6681 # endif 6682 } 6683 n = 0; 6684 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && shl->rm.regprog != NULL) 6685 { 6686 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n); 6687 if (shl->lnum != 0) 6688 { 6689 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum 6690 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 6691 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 6692 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 6693 } 6694 else 6695 { 6696 ++shl->first_lnum; 6697 n = 0; 6698 } 6699 } 6700 } 6701 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 6702 cur = cur->next; 6703 } 6704 } 6705 6706 /* 6707 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match. 6708 * Uses shl->buf. 6709 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. 6710 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless 6711 * shl->lnum is zero. 6712 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. 6713 */ 6714 static void 6715 next_search_hl(win, shl, lnum, mincol) 6716 win_T *win; 6717 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 6718 linenr_T lnum; 6719 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */ 6720 { 6721 linenr_T l; 6722 colnr_T matchcol; 6723 long nmatched; 6724 6725 if (shl->lnum != 0) 6726 { 6727 /* Check for three situations: 6728 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. 6729 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. 6730 * 3. Continue after the previous match. 6731 */ 6732 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 6733 if (lnum > l) 6734 shl->lnum = 0; 6735 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 6736 return; 6737 } 6738 6739 /* 6740 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" 6741 * or none is found in this line. 6742 */ 6743 called_emsg = FALSE; 6744 for (;;) 6745 { 6746 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 6747 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */ 6748 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm))) 6749 { 6750 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */ 6751 break; 6752 } 6753 #endif 6754 /* Three situations: 6755 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. 6756 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. 6757 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. 6758 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. 6759 */ 6760 if (shl->lnum == 0) 6761 matchcol = 0; 6762 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL 6763 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 6764 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) 6765 { 6766 char_u *ml; 6767 6768 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 6769 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol; 6770 if (*ml == NUL) 6771 { 6772 ++matchcol; 6773 shl->lnum = 0; 6774 break; 6775 } 6776 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6777 if (has_mbyte) 6778 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml); 6779 else 6780 #endif 6781 ++matchcol; 6782 } 6783 else 6784 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 6785 6786 shl->lnum = lnum; 6787 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, matchcol, 6788 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 6789 &(shl->tm) 6790 #else 6791 NULL 6792 #endif 6793 ); 6794 if (called_emsg) 6795 { 6796 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ 6797 if (shl == &search_hl) 6798 { 6799 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */ 6800 vim_free(shl->rm.regprog); 6801 no_hlsearch = TRUE; 6802 } 6803 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; 6804 shl->lnum = 0; 6805 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" message */ 6806 break; 6807 } 6808 if (nmatched == 0) 6809 { 6810 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ 6811 break; 6812 } 6813 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 6814 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol 6815 || nmatched > 1 6816 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 6817 { 6818 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 6819 break; /* useful match found */ 6820 } 6821 } 6822 } 6823 #endif 6824 6825 static void 6826 screen_start_highlight(attr) 6827 int attr; 6828 { 6829 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; 6830 6831 screen_attr = attr; 6832 if (full_screen 6833 #ifdef WIN3264 6834 && termcap_active 6835 #endif 6836 ) 6837 { 6838 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6839 if (gui.in_use) 6840 { 6841 char buf[20]; 6842 6843 /* The GUI handles this internally. */ 6844 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); 6845 OUT_STR(buf); 6846 } 6847 else 6848 #endif 6849 { 6850 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 6851 { 6852 if (t_colors > 1) 6853 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); 6854 else 6855 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); 6856 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 6857 attr = 0; 6858 else 6859 attr = aep->ae_attr; 6860 } 6861 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */ 6862 out_str(T_MD); 6863 else if (aep != NULL && t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color 6864 && cterm_normal_fg_bold) 6865 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL 6866 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */ 6867 out_str(T_ME); 6868 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */ 6869 out_str(T_SO); 6870 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL) 6871 /* underline or undercurl */ 6872 out_str(T_US); 6873 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */ 6874 out_str(T_CZH); 6875 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */ 6876 out_str(T_MR); 6877 6878 /* 6879 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the 6880 * bold etc. override the color setting. 6881 */ 6882 if (aep != NULL) 6883 { 6884 if (t_colors > 1) 6885 { 6886 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) 6887 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); 6888 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) 6889 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); 6890 } 6891 else 6892 { 6893 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) 6894 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); 6895 } 6896 } 6897 } 6898 } 6899 } 6900 6901 void 6902 screen_stop_highlight() 6903 { 6904 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ 6905 6906 if (screen_attr != 0 6907 #ifdef WIN3264 6908 && termcap_active 6909 #endif 6910 ) 6911 { 6912 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6913 if (gui.in_use) 6914 { 6915 char buf[20]; 6916 6917 /* use internal GUI code */ 6918 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); 6919 OUT_STR(buf); 6920 } 6921 else 6922 #endif 6923 { 6924 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 6925 { 6926 attrentry_T *aep; 6927 6928 if (t_colors > 1) 6929 { 6930 /* 6931 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! 6932 */ 6933 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); 6934 if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color 6935 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)) 6936 do_ME = TRUE; 6937 } 6938 else 6939 { 6940 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); 6941 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) 6942 { 6943 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) 6944 do_ME = TRUE; 6945 else 6946 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); 6947 } 6948 } 6949 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 6950 screen_attr = 0; 6951 else 6952 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; 6953 } 6954 6955 /* 6956 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the 6957 * same sequence several times. 6958 */ 6959 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) 6960 { 6961 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) 6962 do_ME = TRUE; 6963 else 6964 out_str(T_SE); 6965 } 6966 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) 6967 { 6968 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) 6969 do_ME = TRUE; 6970 else 6971 out_str(T_UE); 6972 } 6973 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) 6974 { 6975 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) 6976 do_ME = TRUE; 6977 else 6978 out_str(T_CZR); 6979 } 6980 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) 6981 out_str(T_ME); 6982 6983 if (t_colors > 1) 6984 { 6985 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 6986 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) 6987 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); 6988 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) 6989 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); 6990 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 6991 out_str(T_MD); 6992 } 6993 } 6994 } 6995 screen_attr = 0; 6996 } 6997 6998 /* 6999 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. 7000 * The machine specific code may override this again. 7001 */ 7002 void 7003 reset_cterm_colors() 7004 { 7005 if (t_colors > 1) 7006 { 7007 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 7008 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) 7009 { 7010 out_str(T_OP); 7011 screen_attr = -1; 7012 } 7013 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 7014 { 7015 out_str(T_ME); 7016 screen_attr = -1; 7017 } 7018 } 7019 } 7020 7021 /* 7022 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", 7023 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. 7024 */ 7025 static void 7026 screen_char(off, row, col) 7027 unsigned off; 7028 int row; 7029 int col; 7030 { 7031 int attr; 7032 7033 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after 7034 * resizing). */ 7035 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) 7036 return; 7037 7038 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. 7039 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ 7040 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 7041 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 7042 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ 7043 && !cmdmsg_rl 7044 #endif 7045 ) 7046 { 7047 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 7048 return; 7049 } 7050 7051 /* 7052 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. 7053 */ 7054 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) 7055 if (screen_char_attr != 0) 7056 attr = screen_char_attr; 7057 else 7058 #endif 7059 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7060 if (screen_attr != attr) 7061 screen_stop_highlight(); 7062 7063 windgoto(row, col); 7064 7065 if (screen_attr != attr) 7066 screen_start_highlight(attr); 7067 7068 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7069 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 7070 { 7071 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 7072 7073 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ 7074 7075 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; 7076 7077 out_str(buf); 7078 if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) 7079 ++screen_cur_col; 7080 } 7081 else 7082 #endif 7083 { 7084 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7085 out_flush_check(); 7086 #endif 7087 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 7088 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7089 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ 7090 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 7091 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 7092 #endif 7093 } 7094 7095 screen_cur_col++; 7096 } 7097 7098 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7099 7100 /* 7101 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] 7102 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. 7103 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to 7104 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. 7105 */ 7106 static void 7107 screen_char_2(off, row, col) 7108 unsigned off; 7109 int row; 7110 int col; 7111 { 7112 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ 7113 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) 7114 return; 7115 7116 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. 7117 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ 7118 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) 7119 { 7120 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 7121 return; 7122 } 7123 7124 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the 7125 * second byte directly. */ 7126 screen_char(off, row, col); 7127 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); 7128 ++screen_cur_col; 7129 } 7130 #endif 7131 7132 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO) 7133 /* 7134 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. 7135 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. 7136 */ 7137 void 7138 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, height, width, invert) 7139 int row; 7140 int col; 7141 int height; 7142 int width; 7143 int invert; 7144 { 7145 int r, c; 7146 int off; 7147 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7148 int max_off; 7149 #endif 7150 7151 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 7152 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 7153 return; 7154 7155 if (invert) 7156 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; 7157 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) 7158 { 7159 off = LineOffset[r]; 7160 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7161 max_off = off + screen_Columns; 7162 #endif 7163 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) 7164 { 7165 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7166 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 7167 { 7168 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); 7169 ++c; 7170 } 7171 else 7172 #endif 7173 { 7174 screen_char(off + c, r, c); 7175 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7176 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 7177 ++c; 7178 #endif 7179 } 7180 } 7181 } 7182 screen_char_attr = 0; 7183 } 7184 #endif 7185 7186 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7187 /* 7188 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. 7189 */ 7190 static void 7191 redraw_block(row, end, wp) 7192 int row; 7193 int end; 7194 win_T *wp; 7195 { 7196 int col; 7197 int width; 7198 7199 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 7200 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); 7201 # endif 7202 7203 if (wp == NULL) 7204 { 7205 col = 0; 7206 width = Columns; 7207 } 7208 else 7209 { 7210 col = wp->w_wincol; 7211 width = wp->w_width; 7212 } 7213 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); 7214 } 7215 #endif 7216 7217 /* 7218 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' 7219 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. 7220 * Use attributes 'attr'. 7221 */ 7222 void 7223 screen_fill(start_row, end_row, start_col, end_col, c1, c2, attr) 7224 int start_row, end_row; 7225 int start_col, end_col; 7226 int c1, c2; 7227 int attr; 7228 { 7229 int row; 7230 int col; 7231 int off; 7232 int end_off; 7233 int did_delete; 7234 int c; 7235 int norm_term; 7236 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7237 int force_next = FALSE; 7238 #endif 7239 7240 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 7241 end_row = screen_Rows; 7242 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ 7243 end_col = screen_Columns; 7244 if (ScreenLines == NULL 7245 || start_row >= end_row 7246 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ 7247 return; 7248 7249 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ 7250 norm_term = ( 7251 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7252 !gui.in_use && 7253 #endif 7254 t_colors <= 1); 7255 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) 7256 { 7257 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7258 if (has_mbyte 7259 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7260 && !gui.in_use 7261 # endif 7262 ) 7263 { 7264 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear 7265 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a 7266 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a 7267 * terminal. */ 7268 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col) 7269 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0); 7270 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col) 7271 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0); 7272 } 7273 #endif 7274 /* 7275 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a 7276 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a 7277 * space. 7278 */ 7279 did_delete = FALSE; 7280 if (c2 == ' ' 7281 && end_col == Columns 7282 && can_clear(T_CE) 7283 && (attr == 0 7284 || (norm_term 7285 && attr <= HL_ALL 7286 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) 7287 { 7288 /* 7289 * check if we really need to clear something 7290 */ 7291 col = start_col; 7292 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ 7293 ++col; 7294 7295 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 7296 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; 7297 7298 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ 7299 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7300 if (enc_utf8) 7301 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 7302 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) 7303 ++off; 7304 else 7305 #endif 7306 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 7307 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) 7308 ++off; 7309 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ 7310 { 7311 col = off - LineOffset[row]; 7312 screen_stop_highlight(); 7313 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ 7314 out_str(T_CE); 7315 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 7316 col = end_col - col; 7317 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ 7318 { 7319 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 7320 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7321 if (enc_utf8) 7322 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 7323 #endif 7324 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0; 7325 ++off; 7326 } 7327 } 7328 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ 7329 } 7330 7331 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; 7332 c = c1; 7333 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) 7334 { 7335 if (ScreenLines[off] != c 7336 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7337 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off] 7338 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 7339 #endif 7340 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 7341 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7342 || force_next 7343 #endif 7344 ) 7345 { 7346 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7347 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in 7348 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the 7349 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our 7350 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ 7351 if ( 7352 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7353 gui.in_use 7354 # endif 7355 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 7356 || 7357 # endif 7358 # ifdef UNIX 7359 term_is_xterm 7360 # endif 7361 ) 7362 { 7363 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' 7364 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL 7365 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) 7366 force_next = TRUE; 7367 else 7368 force_next = FALSE; 7369 } 7370 #endif 7371 ScreenLines[off] = c; 7372 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7373 if (enc_utf8) 7374 { 7375 if (c >= 0x80) 7376 { 7377 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; 7378 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0; 7379 } 7380 else 7381 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 7382 } 7383 #endif 7384 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 7385 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') 7386 screen_char(off, row, col); 7387 } 7388 ++off; 7389 if (col == start_col) 7390 { 7391 if (did_delete) 7392 break; 7393 c = c2; 7394 } 7395 } 7396 if (end_col == Columns) 7397 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 7398 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ 7399 { 7400 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 7401 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ') 7402 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ 7403 if (start_col == 0) 7404 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */ 7405 } 7406 } 7407 } 7408 7409 /* 7410 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the 7411 * screen or the command line. 7412 */ 7413 void 7414 check_for_delay(check_msg_scroll) 7415 int check_msg_scroll; 7416 { 7417 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) 7418 && !did_wait_return 7419 && emsg_silent == 0) 7420 { 7421 out_flush(); 7422 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); 7423 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 7424 if (check_msg_scroll) 7425 msg_scroll = FALSE; 7426 } 7427 } 7428 7429 /* 7430 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed 7431 * If "clear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. 7432 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. 7433 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. 7434 */ 7435 int 7436 screen_valid(clear) 7437 int clear; 7438 { 7439 screenalloc(clear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 7440 return (ScreenLines != NULL); 7441 } 7442 7443 /* 7444 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. 7445 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. 7446 * 7447 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating 7448 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing 7449 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items 7450 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the 7451 * final size of the shell is needed. 7452 */ 7453 void 7454 screenalloc(clear) 7455 int clear; 7456 { 7457 int new_row, old_row; 7458 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7459 int old_Rows; 7460 #endif 7461 win_T *wp; 7462 int outofmem = FALSE; 7463 int len; 7464 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; 7465 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7466 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 7467 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO]; 7468 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 7469 int i; 7470 #endif 7471 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; 7472 unsigned *new_LineOffset; 7473 char_u *new_LineWraps; 7474 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7475 short *new_TabPageIdxs; 7476 tabpage_T *tp; 7477 #endif 7478 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ 7479 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */ 7480 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 7481 int retry_count = 0; 7482 7483 retry: 7484 #endif 7485 /* 7486 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and 7487 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full 7488 * screen stuff. 7489 */ 7490 if ((ScreenLines != NULL 7491 && Rows == screen_Rows 7492 && Columns == screen_Columns 7493 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7494 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) 7495 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) 7496 && p_mco == Screen_mco 7497 #endif 7498 ) 7499 || Rows == 0 7500 || Columns == 0 7501 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) 7502 return; 7503 7504 /* 7505 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which 7506 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just 7507 * return here. 7508 */ 7509 if (entered) 7510 return; 7511 entered = TRUE; 7512 7513 /* 7514 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays, 7515 * thus we must not redraw here! 7516 */ 7517 ++RedrawingDisabled; 7518 7519 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ 7520 7521 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ 7522 7523 /* 7524 * We're changing the size of the screen. 7525 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. 7526 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra 7527 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). 7528 * - Free the old arrays. 7529 * 7530 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! 7531 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the 7532 * size is wrong. 7533 */ 7534 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 7535 win_free_lsize(wp); 7536 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 7537 if (aucmd_win != NULL) 7538 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win); 7539 #endif 7540 7541 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 7542 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 7543 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7544 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO); 7545 if (enc_utf8) 7546 { 7547 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 7548 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 7549 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 7550 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)( 7551 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 7552 } 7553 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 7554 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 7555 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 7556 #endif 7557 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 7558 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 7559 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( 7560 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); 7561 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); 7562 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7563 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE); 7564 #endif 7565 7566 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 7567 { 7568 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) 7569 { 7570 outofmem = TRUE; 7571 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7572 goto give_up; 7573 #endif 7574 } 7575 } 7576 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 7577 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL 7578 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL) 7579 outofmem = TRUE; 7580 #endif 7581 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7582 give_up: 7583 #endif 7584 7585 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7586 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 7587 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL) 7588 break; 7589 #endif 7590 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL 7591 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7592 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco)) 7593 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) 7594 #endif 7595 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL 7596 || new_LineOffset == NULL 7597 || new_LineWraps == NULL 7598 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7599 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL 7600 #endif 7601 || outofmem) 7602 { 7603 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg) 7604 { 7605 /* guess the size */ 7606 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); 7607 7608 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over 7609 * and over again. */ 7610 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE; 7611 } 7612 vim_free(new_ScreenLines); 7613 new_ScreenLines = NULL; 7614 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7615 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC); 7616 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 7617 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 7618 { 7619 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]); 7620 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL; 7621 } 7622 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2); 7623 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 7624 #endif 7625 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs); 7626 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL; 7627 vim_free(new_LineOffset); 7628 new_LineOffset = NULL; 7629 vim_free(new_LineWraps); 7630 new_LineWraps = NULL; 7631 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7632 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs); 7633 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL; 7634 #endif 7635 } 7636 else 7637 { 7638 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; 7639 7640 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) 7641 { 7642 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; 7643 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; 7644 7645 /* 7646 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as 7647 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest 7648 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when 7649 * executing an external command, for the GUI). 7650 */ 7651 if (!clear) 7652 { 7653 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, 7654 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 7655 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7656 if (enc_utf8) 7657 { 7658 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, 7659 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 7660 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 7661 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 7662 + new_row * Columns, 7663 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 7664 } 7665 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 7666 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, 7667 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 7668 #endif 7669 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, 7670 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); 7671 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); 7672 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL) 7673 { 7674 if (screen_Columns < Columns) 7675 len = screen_Columns; 7676 else 7677 len = Columns; 7678 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7679 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they 7680 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */ 7681 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL) 7682 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 7683 #endif 7684 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], 7685 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], 7686 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 7687 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7688 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL 7689 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 7690 { 7691 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], 7692 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], 7693 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 7694 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 7695 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 7696 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 7697 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row], 7698 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 7699 } 7700 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) 7701 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 7702 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], 7703 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 7704 #endif 7705 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], 7706 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], 7707 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); 7708 } 7709 } 7710 } 7711 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ 7712 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; 7713 } 7714 7715 free_screenlines(); 7716 7717 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; 7718 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7719 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; 7720 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 7721 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i]; 7722 Screen_mco = p_mco; 7723 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; 7724 #endif 7725 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; 7726 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; 7727 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; 7728 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7729 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs; 7730 #endif 7731 7732 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual 7733 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ 7734 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7735 old_Rows = screen_Rows; 7736 #endif 7737 screen_Rows = Rows; 7738 screen_Columns = Columns; 7739 7740 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ 7741 if (clear) 7742 screenclear2(); 7743 7744 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7745 else if (gui.in_use 7746 && !gui.starting 7747 && ScreenLines != NULL 7748 && old_Rows != Rows) 7749 { 7750 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); 7751 /* 7752 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external 7753 * command. 7754 */ 7755 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ 7756 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ 7757 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ 7758 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ 7759 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ 7760 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ 7761 } 7762 #endif 7763 7764 entered = FALSE; 7765 --RedrawingDisabled; 7766 7767 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 7768 /* 7769 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop 7770 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns. 7771 */ 7772 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3) 7773 { 7774 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 7775 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns, 7776 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */ 7777 goto retry; 7778 } 7779 #endif 7780 } 7781 7782 void 7783 free_screenlines() 7784 { 7785 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7786 int i; 7787 7788 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); 7789 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 7790 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]); 7791 vim_free(ScreenLines2); 7792 #endif 7793 vim_free(ScreenLines); 7794 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); 7795 vim_free(LineOffset); 7796 vim_free(LineWraps); 7797 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7798 vim_free(TabPageIdxs); 7799 #endif 7800 } 7801 7802 void 7803 screenclear() 7804 { 7805 check_for_delay(FALSE); 7806 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 7807 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ 7808 } 7809 7810 static void 7811 screenclear2() 7812 { 7813 int i; 7814 7815 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL 7816 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7817 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) 7818 #endif 7819 ) 7820 return; 7821 7822 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7823 if (!gui.in_use) 7824 #endif 7825 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ 7826 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ 7827 7828 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 7829 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ 7830 clip_scroll_selection(9999); 7831 #endif 7832 7833 /* blank out ScreenLines */ 7834 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 7835 { 7836 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 7837 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; 7838 } 7839 7840 if (can_clear(T_CL)) 7841 { 7842 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ 7843 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 7844 mode_displayed = FALSE; 7845 } 7846 else 7847 { 7848 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ 7849 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 7850 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 7851 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 7852 } 7853 7854 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ 7855 7856 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); 7857 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 7858 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7859 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 7860 #endif 7861 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ 7862 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; 7863 compute_cmdrow(); 7864 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ 7865 msg_col = 0; 7866 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 7867 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ 7868 msg_didany = FALSE; 7869 msg_didout = FALSE; 7870 } 7871 7872 /* 7873 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. 7874 */ 7875 static void 7876 lineclear(off, width) 7877 unsigned off; 7878 int width; 7879 { 7880 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); 7881 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7882 if (enc_utf8) 7883 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, 7884 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 7885 #endif 7886 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 7887 } 7888 7889 /* 7890 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an 7891 * invalid value. 7892 */ 7893 static void 7894 lineinvalid(off, width) 7895 unsigned off; 7896 int width; 7897 { 7898 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 7899 } 7900 7901 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 7902 /* 7903 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". 7904 */ 7905 static void 7906 linecopy(to, from, wp) 7907 int to; 7908 int from; 7909 win_T *wp; 7910 { 7911 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; 7912 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; 7913 7914 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, 7915 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 7916 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7917 if (enc_utf8) 7918 { 7919 int i; 7920 7921 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, 7922 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 7923 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 7924 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from, 7925 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 7926 } 7927 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 7928 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, 7929 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 7930 # endif 7931 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, 7932 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 7933 } 7934 #endif 7935 7936 /* 7937 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. 7938 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. 7939 */ 7940 int 7941 can_clear(p) 7942 char_u *p; 7943 { 7944 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 7945 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7946 || gui.in_use 7947 #endif 7948 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL)); 7949 } 7950 7951 /* 7952 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting 7953 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control 7954 * code. 7955 */ 7956 void 7957 screen_start() 7958 { 7959 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; 7960 } 7961 7962 /* 7963 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. 7964 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of 7965 * characters sent to the terminal. 7966 */ 7967 void 7968 windgoto(row, col) 7969 int row; 7970 int col; 7971 { 7972 sattr_T *p; 7973 int i; 7974 int plan; 7975 int cost; 7976 int wouldbe_col; 7977 int noinvcurs; 7978 char_u *bs; 7979 int goto_cost; 7980 int attr; 7981 7982 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ 7983 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ 7984 7985 #define PLAN_LE 1 7986 #define PLAN_CR 2 7987 #define PLAN_NL 3 7988 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 7989 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 7990 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 7991 return; 7992 7993 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) 7994 { 7995 /* Check for valid position. */ 7996 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ 7997 row = 0; 7998 if (row >= screen_Rows) 7999 row = screen_Rows - 1; 8000 if (col >= screen_Columns) 8001 col = screen_Columns - 1; 8002 8003 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ 8004 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) 8005 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; 8006 else 8007 noinvcurs = 0; 8008 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; 8009 8010 /* 8011 * Plan how to do the positioning: 8012 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. 8013 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. 8014 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. 8015 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. 8016 * 8017 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor 8018 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) 8019 * 8020 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write 8021 * characters to move the cursor to the right. 8022 */ 8023 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) 8024 { 8025 /* 8026 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR 8027 * or T_LE. 8028 */ 8029 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 8030 attr = screen_attr; 8031 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) 8032 { 8033 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ 8034 if (*T_LE) 8035 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ 8036 else 8037 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ 8038 if (*bs) 8039 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); 8040 else 8041 cost = 999; 8042 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ 8043 { 8044 plan = PLAN_CR; 8045 wouldbe_col = 0; 8046 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ 8047 } 8048 else 8049 { 8050 plan = PLAN_LE; 8051 wouldbe_col = col; 8052 } 8053 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 8054 { 8055 cost += noinvcurs; 8056 attr = 0; 8057 } 8058 } 8059 8060 /* 8061 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. 8062 */ 8063 else if (row > screen_cur_row) 8064 { 8065 plan = PLAN_NL; 8066 wouldbe_col = 0; 8067 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ 8068 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 8069 { 8070 cost += noinvcurs; 8071 attr = 0; 8072 } 8073 } 8074 8075 /* 8076 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. 8077 */ 8078 else 8079 { 8080 plan = PLAN_WRITE; 8081 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; 8082 cost = 0; 8083 } 8084 8085 /* 8086 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the 8087 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. 8088 */ 8089 i = col - wouldbe_col; 8090 if (i > 0) 8091 cost += i; 8092 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) 8093 { 8094 /* 8095 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally 8096 * stopping highlighting. 8097 */ 8098 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; 8099 while (i && *p++ == attr) 8100 --i; 8101 if (i != 0) 8102 { 8103 /* 8104 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. 8105 */ 8106 if (*--p == 0) 8107 { 8108 cost += noinvcurs; 8109 while (i && *p++ == 0) 8110 --i; 8111 } 8112 if (i != 0) 8113 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ 8114 } 8115 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8116 if (enc_utf8) 8117 { 8118 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ 8119 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) 8120 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) 8121 { 8122 cost = 999; 8123 break; 8124 } 8125 } 8126 #endif 8127 } 8128 8129 /* 8130 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! 8131 */ 8132 if (cost < goto_cost) 8133 { 8134 if (plan == PLAN_LE) 8135 { 8136 if (noinvcurs) 8137 screen_stop_highlight(); 8138 while (screen_cur_col > col) 8139 { 8140 out_str(bs); 8141 --screen_cur_col; 8142 } 8143 } 8144 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) 8145 { 8146 if (noinvcurs) 8147 screen_stop_highlight(); 8148 out_char('\r'); 8149 screen_cur_col = 0; 8150 } 8151 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) 8152 { 8153 if (noinvcurs) 8154 screen_stop_highlight(); 8155 while (screen_cur_row < row) 8156 { 8157 out_char('\n'); 8158 ++screen_cur_row; 8159 } 8160 screen_cur_col = 0; 8161 } 8162 8163 i = col - screen_cur_col; 8164 if (i > 0) 8165 { 8166 /* 8167 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids 8168 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when 8169 * using the bold trick in the GUI. 8170 */ 8171 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) 8172 { 8173 while (i-- > 0) 8174 out_char(*T_ND); 8175 } 8176 else 8177 { 8178 int off; 8179 8180 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; 8181 while (i-- > 0) 8182 { 8183 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) 8184 screen_stop_highlight(); 8185 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8186 out_flush_check(); 8187 #endif 8188 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 8189 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8190 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 8191 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 8192 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 8193 #endif 8194 ++off; 8195 } 8196 } 8197 } 8198 } 8199 } 8200 else 8201 cost = 999; 8202 8203 if (cost >= goto_cost) 8204 { 8205 if (noinvcurs) 8206 screen_stop_highlight(); 8207 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) && 8208 *T_CRI != NUL) 8209 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); 8210 else 8211 term_windgoto(row, col); 8212 } 8213 screen_cur_row = row; 8214 screen_cur_col = col; 8215 } 8216 } 8217 8218 /* 8219 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. 8220 */ 8221 void 8222 setcursor() 8223 { 8224 if (redrawing()) 8225 { 8226 validate_cursor(); 8227 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, 8228 W_WINCOL(curwin) + ( 8229 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8230 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide 8231 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */ 8232 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - ( 8233 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8234 (has_mbyte 8235 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2 8236 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 : 8237 # endif 8238 1)) : 8239 #endif 8240 curwin->w_wcol)); 8241 } 8242 } 8243 8244 8245 /* 8246 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp' 8247 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. 8248 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 8249 * scrolling. 8250 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. 8251 */ 8252 int 8253 win_ins_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) 8254 win_T *wp; 8255 int row; 8256 int line_count; 8257 int invalid; 8258 int mayclear; 8259 { 8260 int did_delete; 8261 int nextrow; 8262 int lastrow; 8263 int retval; 8264 8265 if (invalid) 8266 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 8267 8268 if (wp->w_height < 5) 8269 return FAIL; 8270 8271 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 8272 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 8273 8274 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE); 8275 if (retval != MAYBE) 8276 return retval; 8277 8278 /* 8279 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the 8280 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. 8281 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid 8282 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. 8283 */ 8284 did_delete = FALSE; 8285 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8286 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) 8287 { 8288 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 8289 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK) 8290 did_delete = TRUE; 8291 else if (wp->w_next) 8292 return FAIL; 8293 } 8294 #endif 8295 /* 8296 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window 8297 */ 8298 if (!did_delete) 8299 { 8300 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8301 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 8302 #endif 8303 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 8304 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp); 8305 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; 8306 if (lastrow > Rows) 8307 lastrow = Rows; 8308 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, 8309 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 8310 ' ', ' ', 0); 8311 } 8312 8313 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) 8314 == FAIL) 8315 { 8316 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ 8317 if (did_delete) 8318 { 8319 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8320 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 8321 #endif 8322 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); 8323 } 8324 return FAIL; 8325 } 8326 8327 return OK; 8328 } 8329 8330 /* 8331 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp" 8332 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. 8333 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 8334 * scrolling 8335 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 8336 */ 8337 int 8338 win_del_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) 8339 win_T *wp; 8340 int row; 8341 int line_count; 8342 int invalid; 8343 int mayclear; 8344 { 8345 int retval; 8346 8347 if (invalid) 8348 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 8349 8350 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 8351 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 8352 8353 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE); 8354 if (retval != MAYBE) 8355 return retval; 8356 8357 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, 8358 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL) 8359 return FAIL; 8360 8361 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8362 /* 8363 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the 8364 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. 8365 */ 8366 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 8367 { 8368 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 8369 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) 8370 { 8371 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 8372 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); 8373 } 8374 } 8375 /* 8376 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the 8377 * command line later. 8378 */ 8379 else 8380 #endif 8381 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 8382 return OK; 8383 } 8384 8385 /* 8386 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). 8387 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. 8388 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. 8389 */ 8390 static int 8391 win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, del) 8392 win_T *wp; 8393 int row; 8394 int line_count; 8395 int mayclear; 8396 int del; 8397 { 8398 int retval; 8399 8400 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) 8401 return FAIL; 8402 8403 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ 8404 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 8405 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8406 && wp->w_width == Columns 8407 #endif 8408 ) 8409 { 8410 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ 8411 return FAIL; 8412 } 8413 8414 /* 8415 * Delete all remaining lines 8416 */ 8417 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) 8418 { 8419 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 8420 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 8421 ' ', ' ', 0); 8422 return OK; 8423 } 8424 8425 /* 8426 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, 8427 * otherwise it will stay there forever. 8428 */ 8429 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 8430 8431 /* 8432 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. 8433 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from 8434 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using 8435 * win_line(). 8436 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing 8437 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region causes a 8438 * scroll-up in the DJGPP version. 8439 */ 8440 if (scroll_region 8441 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8442 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns 8443 #endif 8444 ) 8445 { 8446 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8447 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 8448 #endif 8449 scroll_region_set(wp, row); 8450 if (del) 8451 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 8452 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp); 8453 else 8454 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 8455 wp->w_height - row, wp); 8456 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8457 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 8458 #endif 8459 scroll_region_reset(); 8460 return retval; 8461 } 8462 8463 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8464 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ 8465 return FAIL; 8466 #endif 8467 8468 return MAYBE; 8469 } 8470 8471 /* 8472 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw 8473 */ 8474 static void 8475 win_rest_invalid(wp) 8476 win_T *wp; 8477 { 8478 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8479 while (wp != NULL) 8480 #else 8481 if (wp != NULL) 8482 #endif 8483 { 8484 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); 8485 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8486 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 8487 wp = wp->w_next; 8488 #endif 8489 } 8490 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 8491 } 8492 8493 /* 8494 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The 8495 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding 8496 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor 8497 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. 8498 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually 8499 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate 8500 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. 8501 */ 8502 8503 /* 8504 * types for inserting or deleting lines 8505 */ 8506 #define USE_T_CAL 1 8507 #define USE_T_CDL 2 8508 #define USE_T_AL 3 8509 #define USE_T_CE 4 8510 #define USE_T_DL 5 8511 #define USE_T_SR 6 8512 #define USE_NL 7 8513 #define USE_T_CD 8 8514 #define USE_REDRAW 9 8515 8516 /* 8517 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] 8518 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 8519 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. 8520 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. 8521 * 8522 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. 8523 */ 8524 int 8525 screen_ins_lines(off, row, line_count, end, wp) 8526 int off; 8527 int row; 8528 int line_count; 8529 int end; 8530 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */ 8531 { 8532 int i; 8533 int j; 8534 unsigned temp; 8535 int cursor_row; 8536 int type; 8537 int result_empty; 8538 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); 8539 8540 /* 8541 * FAIL if 8542 * - there is no valid screen 8543 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 8544 * - the line count is less than one 8545 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 8546 */ 8547 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll) 8548 return FAIL; 8549 8550 /* 8551 * There are seven ways to insert lines: 8552 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 8553 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 8554 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of 8555 * the insert is just empty lines 8556 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not 8557 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts 8558 * at once. 8559 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the 8560 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > 8561 * 1. 8562 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. 8563 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 8564 * just empty lines. 8565 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 8566 * just empty lines. 8567 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and 8568 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. 8569 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 8570 * 8571 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves 8572 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it 8573 * exists. 8574 */ 8575 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); 8576 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8577 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 8578 type = USE_REDRAW; 8579 else 8580 #endif 8581 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 8582 type = USE_T_CD; 8583 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) 8584 type = USE_T_CAL; 8585 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) 8586 type = USE_T_CDL; 8587 else if (*T_AL != NUL) 8588 type = USE_T_AL; 8589 else if (can_ce && result_empty) 8590 type = USE_T_CE; 8591 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) 8592 type = USE_T_DL; 8593 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) 8594 type = USE_T_SR; 8595 else 8596 return FAIL; 8597 8598 /* 8599 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take 8600 * care of t_db if necessary. 8601 */ 8602 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || 8603 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) 8604 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); 8605 8606 /* 8607 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many 8608 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that 8609 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. 8610 */ 8611 if (*T_DB) 8612 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); 8613 8614 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 8615 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen 8616 * or not the full width of the screen. */ 8617 if (off + row > 0 8618 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8619 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 8620 # endif 8621 ) 8622 clip_clear_selection(); 8623 else 8624 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); 8625 #endif 8626 8627 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8628 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 8629 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 8630 gui_dont_update_cursor(); 8631 #endif 8632 8633 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 8634 cursor_row = row; 8635 else 8636 cursor_row = row + off; 8637 8638 /* 8639 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. 8640 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 8641 */ 8642 row += off; 8643 end += off; 8644 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 8645 { 8646 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8647 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 8648 { 8649 /* need to copy part of a line */ 8650 j = end - 1 - i; 8651 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 8652 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); 8653 j += line_count; 8654 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 8655 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 8656 else 8657 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 8658 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 8659 } 8660 else 8661 #endif 8662 { 8663 j = end - 1 - i; 8664 temp = LineOffset[j]; 8665 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 8666 { 8667 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 8668 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 8669 } 8670 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; 8671 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; 8672 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 8673 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); 8674 else 8675 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 8676 } 8677 } 8678 8679 screen_stop_highlight(); 8680 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 8681 8682 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8683 /* redraw the characters */ 8684 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 8685 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 8686 else 8687 #endif 8688 if (type == USE_T_CAL) 8689 { 8690 term_append_lines(line_count); 8691 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8692 } 8693 else 8694 { 8695 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) 8696 { 8697 if (type == USE_T_AL) 8698 { 8699 if (i && cursor_row != 0) 8700 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 8701 out_str(T_AL); 8702 } 8703 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ 8704 out_str(T_SR); 8705 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8706 } 8707 } 8708 8709 /* 8710 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that 8711 * have been scrolled down into the region. 8712 */ 8713 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) 8714 { 8715 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 8716 { 8717 windgoto(off + i, 0); 8718 out_str(T_CE); 8719 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8720 } 8721 } 8722 8723 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8724 gui_can_update_cursor(); 8725 if (gui.in_use) 8726 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 8727 #endif 8728 return OK; 8729 } 8730 8731 /* 8732 * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] 8733 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 8734 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. 8735 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. 8736 * 8737 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 8738 */ 8739 int 8740 screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, force, wp) 8741 int off; 8742 int row; 8743 int line_count; 8744 int end; 8745 int force; /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ 8746 win_T *wp UNUSED; /* NULL or window to use width from */ 8747 { 8748 int j; 8749 int i; 8750 unsigned temp; 8751 int cursor_row; 8752 int cursor_end; 8753 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ 8754 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ 8755 int type; 8756 8757 /* 8758 * FAIL if 8759 * - there is no valid screen 8760 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 8761 * - the line count is less than one 8762 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 8763 */ 8764 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || 8765 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll)) 8766 return FAIL; 8767 8768 /* 8769 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. 8770 */ 8771 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; 8772 8773 /* 8774 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option 8775 * available. 8776 */ 8777 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); 8778 8779 /* 8780 * There are six ways to delete lines: 8781 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 8782 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 8783 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. 8784 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. 8785 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or 8786 * none of the other ways work. 8787 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. 8788 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. 8789 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 8790 */ 8791 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8792 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 8793 type = USE_REDRAW; 8794 else 8795 #endif 8796 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 8797 type = USE_T_CD; 8798 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) 8799 /* 8800 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in 8801 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != 8802 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* 8803 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do 8804 * the trick... 8805 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. 8806 * (Olaf Seibert) 8807 */ 8808 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option 8809 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) 8810 #else 8811 else if (row == 0 && ( 8812 #ifndef AMIGA 8813 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll 8814 * up, so use delete-line command */ 8815 line_count == 1 || 8816 #endif 8817 *T_CDL == NUL)) 8818 #endif 8819 type = USE_NL; 8820 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) 8821 type = USE_T_CDL; 8822 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty 8823 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8824 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns) 8825 #endif 8826 ) 8827 type = USE_T_CE; 8828 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) 8829 type = USE_T_DL; 8830 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) 8831 type = USE_T_CDL; 8832 else 8833 return FAIL; 8834 8835 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 8836 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or 8837 * not the full width of the screen. */ 8838 if (off + row > 0 8839 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8840 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 8841 # endif 8842 ) 8843 clip_clear_selection(); 8844 else 8845 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); 8846 #endif 8847 8848 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8849 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 8850 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 8851 gui_dont_update_cursor(); 8852 #endif 8853 8854 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 8855 { 8856 cursor_row = row; 8857 cursor_end = end; 8858 } 8859 else 8860 { 8861 cursor_row = row + off; 8862 cursor_end = end + off; 8863 } 8864 8865 /* 8866 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. 8867 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 8868 */ 8869 row += off; 8870 end += off; 8871 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 8872 { 8873 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8874 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 8875 { 8876 /* need to copy part of a line */ 8877 j = row + i; 8878 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 8879 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); 8880 j -= line_count; 8881 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 8882 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 8883 else 8884 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 8885 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 8886 } 8887 else 8888 #endif 8889 { 8890 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ 8891 j = row + i; 8892 temp = LineOffset[j]; 8893 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 8894 { 8895 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 8896 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 8897 } 8898 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; 8899 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; 8900 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 8901 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); 8902 else 8903 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 8904 } 8905 } 8906 8907 screen_stop_highlight(); 8908 8909 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 8910 /* redraw the characters */ 8911 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 8912 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 8913 else 8914 #endif 8915 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ 8916 { 8917 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 8918 out_str(T_CD); 8919 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8920 } 8921 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) 8922 { 8923 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 8924 term_delete_lines(line_count); 8925 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8926 } 8927 /* 8928 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll 8929 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the 8930 * last line. 8931 */ 8932 else if (type == USE_NL) 8933 { 8934 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0); 8935 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 8936 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ 8937 } 8938 else 8939 { 8940 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 8941 { 8942 if (type == USE_T_DL) 8943 { 8944 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 8945 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ 8946 } 8947 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ 8948 { 8949 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0); 8950 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 8951 } 8952 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8953 } 8954 } 8955 8956 /* 8957 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been 8958 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. 8959 */ 8960 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) 8961 { 8962 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) 8963 { 8964 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0); 8965 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 8966 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8967 } 8968 } 8969 8970 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8971 gui_can_update_cursor(); 8972 if (gui.in_use) 8973 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 8974 #endif 8975 8976 return OK; 8977 } 8978 8979 /* 8980 * show the current mode and ruler 8981 * 8982 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. 8983 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be 8984 * cleared only if a mode is shown. 8985 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). 8986 */ 8987 int 8988 showmode() 8989 { 8990 int need_clear; 8991 int length = 0; 8992 int do_mode; 8993 int attr; 8994 int nwr_save; 8995 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8996 int sub_attr; 8997 #endif 8998 8999 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0) 9000 && ((State & INSERT) 9001 || restart_edit 9002 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 9003 || VIsual_active 9004 #endif 9005 )); 9006 if (do_mode || Recording) 9007 { 9008 /* 9009 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 9010 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because 9011 * it takes a bit of time. 9012 */ 9013 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) 9014 { 9015 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ 9016 return 0; 9017 } 9018 9019 nwr_save = need_wait_return; 9020 9021 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ 9022 check_for_delay(FALSE); 9023 9024 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ 9025 need_clear = clear_cmdline; 9026 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 9027 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 9028 9029 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ 9030 msg_pos_mode(); 9031 cursor_off(); 9032 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ 9033 if (do_mode) 9034 { 9035 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); 9036 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) 9037 # if 0 /* old version, changed by SungHyun Nam July 2008 */ 9038 if (xic != NULL && im_get_status() && !p_imdisable 9039 && curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM) 9040 # else 9041 if ( 9042 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 9043 preedit_get_status() 9044 # else 9045 im_get_status() 9046 # endif 9047 ) 9048 # endif 9049 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ 9050 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); 9051 # else 9052 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); 9053 # endif 9054 #endif 9055 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) 9056 if (gui.in_use) 9057 { 9058 if (hangul_input_state_get()) 9059 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); /* HANGUL */ 9060 } 9061 #endif 9062 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9063 if (edit_submode != NULL) /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ 9064 { 9065 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow 9066 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ 9067 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; 9068 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 9069 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); 9070 if (length > 0) 9071 { 9072 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 9073 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); 9074 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) 9075 { 9076 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 9077 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); 9078 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); 9079 } 9080 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 9081 { 9082 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ 9083 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) 9084 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl); 9085 else 9086 sub_attr = attr; 9087 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); 9088 } 9089 } 9090 length = 0; 9091 } 9092 else 9093 #endif 9094 { 9095 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9096 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9097 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); 9098 else 9099 #endif 9100 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9101 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); 9102 else if (State & INSERT) 9103 { 9104 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9105 if (p_ri) 9106 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); 9107 #endif 9108 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); 9109 } 9110 else if (restart_edit == 'I') 9111 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); 9112 else if (restart_edit == 'R') 9113 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); 9114 else if (restart_edit == 'V') 9115 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); 9116 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9117 if (p_hkmap) 9118 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); 9119 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 9120 if (p_fkmap) 9121 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); 9122 # endif 9123 #endif 9124 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 9125 if (State & LANGMAP) 9126 { 9127 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 9128 if (curwin->w_p_arab) 9129 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); 9130 else 9131 # endif 9132 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr); 9133 } 9134 #endif 9135 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) 9136 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); 9137 9138 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 9139 if (VIsual_active) 9140 { 9141 char *p; 9142 9143 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation 9144 * problems. */ 9145 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) 9146 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 9147 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) 9148 { 9149 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; 9150 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; 9151 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; 9152 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; 9153 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; 9154 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; 9155 } 9156 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); 9157 } 9158 #endif 9159 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); 9160 } 9161 9162 need_clear = TRUE; 9163 } 9164 if (Recording 9165 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9166 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ 9167 #endif 9168 ) 9169 { 9170 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); 9171 need_clear = TRUE; 9172 } 9173 9174 mode_displayed = TRUE; 9175 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) 9176 msg_clr_eos(); 9177 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ 9178 length = msg_col; 9179 msg_col = 0; 9180 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ 9181 } 9182 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) 9183 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ 9184 msg_clr_cmdline(); 9185 9186 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 9187 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 9188 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ 9189 if (VIsual_active) 9190 clear_showcmd(); 9191 # endif 9192 9193 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode 9194 * message and must be redrawn */ 9195 if (redrawing() 9196 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9197 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0 9198 # endif 9199 ) 9200 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE); 9201 #endif 9202 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; 9203 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 9204 9205 return length; 9206 } 9207 9208 /* 9209 * Position for a mode message. 9210 */ 9211 static void 9212 msg_pos_mode() 9213 { 9214 msg_col = 0; 9215 msg_row = Rows - 1; 9216 } 9217 9218 /* 9219 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end 9220 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). 9221 * Caller should check "mode_displayed". 9222 */ 9223 void 9224 unshowmode(force) 9225 int force; 9226 { 9227 /* 9228 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 9229 */ 9230 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) 9231 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ 9232 else 9233 { 9234 msg_pos_mode(); 9235 if (Recording) 9236 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), hl_attr(HLF_CM)); 9237 msg_clr_eos(); 9238 } 9239 } 9240 9241 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 9242 /* 9243 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window. 9244 */ 9245 static void 9246 draw_tabline() 9247 { 9248 int tabcount = 0; 9249 tabpage_T *tp; 9250 int tabwidth; 9251 int col = 0; 9252 int scol = 0; 9253 int attr; 9254 win_T *wp; 9255 win_T *cwp; 9256 int wincount; 9257 int modified; 9258 int c; 9259 int len; 9260 int attr_sel = hl_attr(HLF_TPS); 9261 int attr_nosel = hl_attr(HLF_TP); 9262 int attr_fill = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); 9263 char_u *p; 9264 int room; 9265 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8 9266 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9267 && !gui.in_use 9268 #endif 9269 ); 9270 9271 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 9272 9273 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE 9274 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */ 9275 if (gui_use_tabline()) 9276 { 9277 gui_update_tabline(); 9278 return; 9279 } 9280 #endif 9281 9282 if (tabline_height() < 1) 9283 return; 9284 9285 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 9286 9287 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */ 9288 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol) 9289 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0; 9290 9291 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */ 9292 if (*p_tal != NUL) 9293 { 9294 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; 9295 9296 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the 9297 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */ 9298 called_emsg = FALSE; 9299 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE); 9300 if (called_emsg) 9301 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1, 9302 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 9303 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; 9304 } 9305 else 9306 #endif 9307 { 9308 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next) 9309 ++tabcount; 9310 9311 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount; 9312 if (tabwidth < 6) 9313 tabwidth = 6; 9314 9315 attr = attr_nosel; 9316 tabcount = 0; 9317 scol = 0; 9318 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4; 9319 tp = tp->tp_next) 9320 { 9321 scol = col; 9322 9323 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe) 9324 attr = attr_sel; 9325 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0) 9326 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr); 9327 9328 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe) 9329 attr = attr_nosel; 9330 9331 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 9332 9333 if (tp == curtab) 9334 { 9335 cwp = curwin; 9336 wp = firstwin; 9337 } 9338 else 9339 { 9340 cwp = tp->tp_curwin; 9341 wp = tp->tp_firstwin; 9342 } 9343 9344 modified = FALSE; 9345 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) 9346 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) 9347 modified = TRUE; 9348 if (modified || wincount > 1) 9349 { 9350 if (wincount > 1) 9351 { 9352 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount); 9353 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); 9354 if (col + len >= Columns - 3) 9355 break; 9356 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col, 9357 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) 9358 hl_combine_attr(attr, hl_attr(HLF_T)) 9359 #else 9360 attr 9361 #endif 9362 ); 9363 col += len; 9364 } 9365 if (modified) 9366 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr); 9367 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 9368 } 9369 9370 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1; 9371 if (room > 0) 9372 { 9373 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */ 9374 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer); 9375 shorten_dir(NameBuff); 9376 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff); 9377 p = NameBuff; 9378 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9379 if (has_mbyte) 9380 while (len > room) 9381 { 9382 len -= ptr2cells(p); 9383 mb_ptr_adv(p); 9384 } 9385 else 9386 #endif 9387 if (len > room) 9388 { 9389 p += len - room; 9390 len = room; 9391 } 9392 if (len > Columns - col - 1) 9393 len = Columns - col - 1; 9394 9395 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr); 9396 col += len; 9397 } 9398 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 9399 9400 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that 9401 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */ 9402 ++tabcount; 9403 while (scol < col) 9404 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount; 9405 } 9406 9407 if (use_sep_chars) 9408 c = '_'; 9409 else 9410 c = ' '; 9411 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill); 9412 9413 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */ 9414 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 9415 { 9416 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel); 9417 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999; 9418 } 9419 } 9420 9421 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be 9422 * set. */ 9423 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 9424 } 9425 9426 /* 9427 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[]. 9428 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters. 9429 */ 9430 void 9431 get_trans_bufname(buf) 9432 buf_T *buf; 9433 { 9434 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL) 9435 STRCPY(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf)); 9436 else 9437 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE); 9438 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); 9439 } 9440 #endif 9441 9442 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 9443 /* 9444 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". 9445 */ 9446 static int 9447 fillchar_status(attr, is_curwin) 9448 int *attr; 9449 int is_curwin; 9450 { 9451 int fill; 9452 if (is_curwin) 9453 { 9454 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S); 9455 fill = fill_stl; 9456 } 9457 else 9458 { 9459 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC); 9460 fill = fill_stlnc; 9461 } 9462 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current 9463 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the 9464 * current window */ 9465 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC) 9466 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin) 9467 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) 9468 return fill; 9469 if (is_curwin) 9470 return '^'; 9471 return '='; 9472 } 9473 #endif 9474 9475 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 9476 /* 9477 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. 9478 * Get its attributes in "*attr". 9479 */ 9480 static int 9481 fillchar_vsep(attr) 9482 int *attr; 9483 { 9484 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C); 9485 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') 9486 return '|'; 9487 else 9488 return fill_vert; 9489 } 9490 #endif 9491 9492 /* 9493 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. 9494 */ 9495 int 9496 redrawing() 9497 { 9498 return (!RedrawingDisabled 9499 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); 9500 } 9501 9502 /* 9503 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. 9504 */ 9505 int 9506 messaging() 9507 { 9508 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); 9509 } 9510 9511 /* 9512 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places 9513 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. 9514 */ 9515 void 9516 showruler(always) 9517 int always; 9518 { 9519 if (!always && !redrawing()) 9520 return; 9521 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9522 if (pum_visible()) 9523 { 9524 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9525 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 9526 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9527 # endif 9528 return; 9529 } 9530 #endif 9531 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 9532 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) 9533 { 9534 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin); 9535 } 9536 else 9537 #endif 9538 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 9539 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always); 9540 #endif 9541 9542 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE 9543 if (need_maketitle 9544 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 9545 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) 9546 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) 9547 # endif 9548 ) 9549 maketitle(); 9550 #endif 9551 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9552 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 9553 if (redraw_tabline) 9554 draw_tabline(); 9555 #endif 9556 } 9557 9558 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 9559 static void 9560 win_redr_ruler(wp, always) 9561 win_T *wp; 9562 int always; 9563 { 9564 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70 9565 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN]; 9566 int row; 9567 int fillchar; 9568 int attr; 9569 int empty_line = FALSE; 9570 colnr_T virtcol; 9571 int i; 9572 size_t len; 9573 int o; 9574 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 9575 int this_ru_col; 9576 int off = 0; 9577 int width = Columns; 9578 # define WITH_OFF(x) x 9579 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x 9580 #else 9581 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0 9582 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns 9583 # define this_ru_col ru_col 9584 #endif 9585 9586 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ 9587 if (!p_ru) 9588 return; 9589 9590 /* 9591 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called 9592 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. 9593 */ 9594 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 9595 return; 9596 9597 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9598 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite 9599 * the (long) mode message. */ 9600 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9601 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 9602 # endif 9603 if (edit_submode != NULL) 9604 return; 9605 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */ 9606 if (pum_visible()) 9607 return; 9608 #endif 9609 9610 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 9611 if (*p_ruf) 9612 { 9613 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; 9614 9615 called_emsg = FALSE; 9616 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); 9617 if (called_emsg) 9618 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1, 9619 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 9620 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; 9621 return; 9622 } 9623 #endif 9624 9625 /* 9626 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). 9627 */ 9628 if (!(State & INSERT) 9629 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) 9630 empty_line = TRUE; 9631 9632 /* 9633 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. 9634 */ 9635 validate_virtcol_win(wp); 9636 if ( redraw_cmdline 9637 || always 9638 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum 9639 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col 9640 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol 9641 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9642 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd 9643 #endif 9644 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline 9645 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count 9646 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9647 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill 9648 #endif 9649 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) 9650 { 9651 cursor_off(); 9652 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9653 if (wp->w_status_height) 9654 { 9655 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 9656 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 9657 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 9658 off = W_WINCOL(wp); 9659 width = W_WIDTH(wp); 9660 # endif 9661 } 9662 else 9663 #endif 9664 { 9665 row = Rows - 1; 9666 fillchar = ' '; 9667 attr = 0; 9668 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 9669 width = Columns; 9670 off = 0; 9671 #endif 9672 } 9673 9674 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ 9675 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 9676 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) 9677 { 9678 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; 9679 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); 9680 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; 9681 } 9682 9683 /* 9684 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. 9685 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. 9686 */ 9687 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,", 9688 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) 9689 ? 0L 9690 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); 9691 len = STRLEN(buffer); 9692 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len, 9693 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, 9694 (int)virtcol + 1); 9695 9696 /* 9697 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. 9698 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the 9699 * screen up on some terminals). 9700 */ 9701 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); 9702 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1); 9703 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); 9704 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9705 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ 9706 #endif 9707 ++o; 9708 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT 9709 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); 9710 if (this_ru_col < 0) 9711 this_ru_col = 0; 9712 #endif 9713 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other 9714 * half for the filename. */ 9715 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2) 9716 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2; 9717 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) 9718 { 9719 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) 9720 { 9721 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9722 if (has_mbyte) 9723 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); 9724 else 9725 #endif 9726 buffer[i++] = fillchar; 9727 ++o; 9728 } 9729 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i); 9730 } 9731 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ 9732 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9733 if (has_mbyte) 9734 { 9735 o = 0; 9736 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) 9737 { 9738 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); 9739 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width)) 9740 { 9741 buffer[i] = NUL; 9742 break; 9743 } 9744 } 9745 } 9746 else 9747 #endif 9748 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width)) 9749 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL; 9750 9751 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr); 9752 i = redraw_cmdline; 9753 screen_fill(row, row + 1, 9754 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer), 9755 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)), 9756 fillchar, fillchar, attr); 9757 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ 9758 redraw_cmdline = i; 9759 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; 9760 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 9761 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; 9762 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; 9763 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 9764 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9765 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 9766 #endif 9767 } 9768 } 9769 #endif 9770 9771 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) 9772 /* 9773 * Return the width of the 'number' column. 9774 * Caller may need to check if 'number' is set. 9775 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. 9776 */ 9777 int 9778 number_width(wp) 9779 win_T *wp; 9780 { 9781 int n; 9782 linenr_T lnum; 9783 9784 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 9785 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count) 9786 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; 9787 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; 9788 9789 n = 0; 9790 do 9791 { 9792 lnum /= 10; 9793 ++n; 9794 } while (lnum > 0); 9795 9796 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ 9797 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) 9798 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; 9799 9800 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; 9801 return n; 9802 } 9803 #endif 9804